TW202023272A - Apparatus, systems, and methods for foveated display - Google Patents

Apparatus, systems, and methods for foveated display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202023272A
TW202023272A TW108128548A TW108128548A TW202023272A TW 202023272 A TW202023272 A TW 202023272A TW 108128548 A TW108128548 A TW 108128548A TW 108128548 A TW108128548 A TW 108128548A TW 202023272 A TW202023272 A TW 202023272A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
data
block
gaze point
display
resolution
Prior art date
Application number
TW108128548A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI813736B (en
Inventor
亞倫L 博伊斯
史蒂芬約翰 哈特
Original Assignee
英商複合光子有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 英商複合光子有限公司 filed Critical 英商複合光子有限公司
Publication of TW202023272A publication Critical patent/TW202023272A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI813736B publication Critical patent/TWI813736B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • G06F3/012Head tracking input arrangements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • G06F3/013Eye tracking input arrangements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/36Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of a graphic pattern, e.g. using an all-points-addressable [APA] memory
    • G09G5/39Control of the bit-mapped memory
    • G09G5/393Arrangements for updating the contents of the bit-mapped memory
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/36Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of a graphic pattern, e.g. using an all-points-addressable [APA] memory
    • G09G5/39Control of the bit-mapped memory
    • G09G5/399Control of the bit-mapped memory using two or more bit-mapped memories, the operations of which are switched in time, e.g. ping-pong buffers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N9/00Details of colour television systems
    • H04N9/12Picture reproducers
    • H04N9/31Projection devices for colour picture display, e.g. using electronic spatial light modulators [ESLM]
    • H04N9/3179Video signal processing therefor
    • H04N9/3188Scale or resolution adjustment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N9/00Details of colour television systems
    • H04N9/12Picture reproducers
    • H04N9/31Projection devices for colour picture display, e.g. using electronic spatial light modulators [ESLM]
    • H04N9/3191Testing thereof
    • H04N9/3194Testing thereof including sensor feedback
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2340/00Aspects of display data processing
    • G09G2340/04Changes in size, position or resolution of an image
    • G09G2340/0407Resolution change, inclusive of the use of different resolutions for different screen areas

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Control Of Indicators Other Than Cathode Ray Tubes (AREA)
  • Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Fittings On The Vehicle Exterior For Carrying Loads, And Devices For Holding Or Mounting Articles (AREA)

Abstract

Systems and methods of foveated light modulation may take advantage of the eye’s exponential reduction in acuity/resolution as it moves outward from the center of gaze by providing a plurality of display zones (Zone 0, 1, 2, … N). Particularly, the system may include a processor that couples to receive image data relating to an image and foveation zones to generate a foveated image frame having header packet data, which identifies two or more zones of differing resolution. Each zone may be defined by a plurality of macropixels, having a corresponding macropixel ratio. The system may further include a driver controller circuit that couples to receive the foveated image frame to generate modulation planes. One or more modulation devices may couple to receive the modulation planes to generate an expanded dataset based upon the corresponding macropixel ratio, such that the foveated image is output to a display.

Description

注視點顯示裝置、系統及方法Gaze point display device, system and method

本發明係關於一種注視點顯示裝置、系統及方法。The invention relates to a fixation point display device, system and method.

採用眼球追蹤的軟體成像應用可將顯示裝置的像素密度集中在關注區塊內,其中中心區塊與使用者的眼睛凝視方向一致,並且以較低的解析度在關注區塊的周圍生成區塊,以圍繞眼睛周邊的區塊。這便是所謂的注視點成像(foveated imaging)或注視點渲染(foveated rendering)。即使係使用頭戴式顯示器(Head Mounted Display,HMD)的一些沒有眼球追蹤的應用,也可以使用注視點成像將像素密度集中在顯示器中心並且使用較低的解析度來填滿顯示器中視場(Field of View,FOV)的外圍。透過降低周邊的圖像細節及/或解析度,注視點成像可減少所需處理及傳輸的像素數量,這可使主機的處理速度更快,並且在理想狀態下顯示裝置可更快速地進行成像。Software imaging applications using eye tracking can concentrate the pixel density of the display device in the area of interest, where the center area is consistent with the user's gaze direction, and blocks are generated around the area of interest with a lower resolution , To surround the area around the eye. This is the so-called focal point imaging (foveated imaging) or focal point rendering (foveated rendering). Even if you use Head Mounted Display (HMD) applications without eye tracking, you can use gaze point imaging to concentrate the pixel density in the center of the display and use a lower resolution to fill the field of view in the display (Field of View, FOV). By reducing the surrounding image details and/or resolution, gaze point imaging can reduce the number of pixels that need to be processed and transmitted, which can make the processing speed of the host faster, and the display device can perform imaging faster under ideal conditions .

然而,當前的顯示裝置通常需要具有穩定解析度的視訊源,其中每一行需存在相同數量的每行像素。此外,為了匹配顯示顯示裝置的功能,主機必需將注視點圖像轉換為穩定的解析度圖像,然後使用標準視訊協定將此圖像傳送到顯示裝置。這意味著周邊低解析度區塊會被按比例放大或複製以匹配中心高解析度區塊。因此,儘管注視點成像減少了主機的處理需求,但並未實現顯示裝置上對應的節省。進一步地,將圖像傳輸到顯示裝置所需的帶寬仍然很高,而寫入顯示裝置中的像素陣列的時間實值上保持相同。一些系統透過讓主機添加壓縮硬體/演算法來減少圖像傳輸帶寬,並且顯示器需要添加解壓縮功能。儘管這些壓縮形式可用來減少主機與顯示驅動器之間的數據帶寬,然而在數據寫入像素陣列的過程中,這些壓縮形式並不會減少驅動器與顯示裝置之間的數據傳輸帶寬或是減少顯示裝置中內部元件之間的處理時間,這可能限制最大幀率、最大位元深度及/或最大陣列尺寸。However, current display devices generally require a video source with stable resolution, in which each row needs to have the same number of pixels in each row. In addition, in order to match the function of the display device, the host must convert the gaze point image into a stable resolution image, and then use the standard video protocol to transmit this image to the display device. This means that the surrounding low-resolution blocks will be scaled up or copied to match the central high-resolution blocks. Therefore, although gaze point imaging reduces the processing requirements of the host, it does not achieve the corresponding savings on the display device. Further, the bandwidth required to transmit the image to the display device is still very high, and the time for writing the pixel array in the display device remains the same in real value. Some systems reduce the image transmission bandwidth by allowing the host to add compression hardware/algorithms, and the display needs to add decompression functions. Although these compression methods can be used to reduce the data bandwidth between the host and the display driver, these compression methods do not reduce the data transmission bandwidth between the driver and the display device or reduce the display device during the process of writing data to the pixel array. The processing time between internal components in the middle, which may limit the maximum frame rate, maximum bit depth, and/or maximum array size.

一些系統透過將視訊分成為通往不同顯示裝置的兩個通道以試圖模仿注視點成像形式:一通道係用於感興趣的高解析度區塊 ,另一通道係用於低解析度的外圍/背景。這些系統通過在凝視點方向上進行機械操縱投影光學元件用於感興趣的高解析度區塊,從而完成此目的。Some systems try to imitate the form of fixation imaging by dividing the video into two channels leading to different display devices: one channel is used for the high-resolution area of interest, and the other channel is used for the low-resolution periphery/ background. These systems accomplish this by mechanically manipulating the projection optics in the direction of the gaze point for high-resolution areas of interest.

不具備注視點功能的既有顯示裝置通常接受單個均勻的解析度來覆蓋整個顯示器。通常是顯示裝置的物理佈局的一比一匹配(X 水平像素乘以Y垂直像素)。即使可以將顯示器配置為在數據縮放(data scaling)或複製(replication)模式下運行以使用較低的輸入解析度填滿顯示器,然而此輸入解析度在圖像中仍是保持恆定的(例如一種以原始區塊解析度的四分之一映射輸入的模式,其中每個輸入像素表示為四個相同顏色顯示像素的正方形)。因此,具有注視點渲染主機的既有系統連接不具有注視點功能的顯示器,則必須配置主機以傳輸與此顯示器匹配的最高解析度;複製低解析度區塊以匹配此顯示器解析度;且然後為整個圖像/顯示器傳輸高解析度數據。Existing display devices that do not have a fixation point function generally accept a single uniform resolution to cover the entire display. It is usually a one-to-one match of the physical layout of the display device (X horizontal pixels by Y vertical pixels). Even if the display can be configured to run in data scaling or replication mode to fill the display with a lower input resolution, the input resolution remains constant in the image (for example, a The input pattern is mapped with a quarter of the original block resolution, where each input pixel is represented as four squares of the same color display pixels). Therefore, if an existing system with a fixation host is connected to a display without fixation function, the host must be configured to transmit the highest resolution matching this display; copy the low-resolution block to match the display resolution; and then Transmit high-resolution data for the entire image/display.

由於各種因素,注視點成像的既有系統的缺點係缺乏效率及有效性。第一,既有注視點系統及方法包含冗餘數據,這些冗餘數據造成帶寬的浪費、限制幀更新速度,且限制每個顯示器的原始位元深度及/或最大像素。第二,由於區塊的大小和偏移參數未包含在視頻數據中,因此當凝視點改變時,使用靜態顯示解析度/配置無法逐幀實時地更新注視點圖像。第三,標準視訊協定沒有定義顯示器硬體功能的混合解析度幀或交握注視點參數(handshake foveation parameters)。最後,沒有支援同一數據的多行寫入。在一些情況下,多行寫入會造成時序錯誤及/或本地過載,導致複製量超過二比一。Due to various factors, the disadvantage of the existing system of fixation point imaging is the lack of efficiency and effectiveness. First, the existing fixation point systems and methods include redundant data, which wastes bandwidth, limits the frame update rate, and limits the original bit depth and/or maximum pixels of each display. Second, since the block size and offset parameters are not included in the video data, when the gaze point changes, the gaze point image cannot be updated in real time frame by frame using the static display resolution/configuration. Third, the standard video protocol does not define the mixed resolution frame or handshake foveation parameters of the display hardware function. Finally, there is no support for multi-line writing of the same data. In some cases, multi-line writing can cause timing errors and/or local overloads, resulting in more than two to one copy volumes.

在下文中提出多個實施例。A number of embodiments are presented below.

提供用於注視點顯示的裝置、系統及方法的實施例。應當理解的是可以透過多種方式來實現本實施例,諸如程序、裝置、系統、設備或方法。以下將描述數個發明的實施例。An embodiment of an apparatus, system, and method for gaze point display is provided. It should be understood that this embodiment can be implemented in a variety of ways, such as a program, device, system, device, or method. Several invention embodiments will be described below.

在一些實施例中,提供一種注視點顯示系統。注視點渲染係為一種圖像處理或圖像生成的類型,其透過提供多個顯示區塊(例如區塊Z0、區塊Z1、區塊Z2、區塊Z3等),利用眼睛的敏銳度/解析度由視網膜中心(用戶的凝視方向)向外移動到圖像外圍周邊係按指數下降。在此所述的注視點顯示系統提供一種注視點圖像幀封裝的獨特方法及協定,以及一種處理注視點寫入以在顯示裝置上顯示注視點圖像的創新方法。特別的是,系統可包含處理器耦接用以接收輸入圖像數據與注視點區定義數據以產生渲染的注視點圖像,然後根據本發明使用所選定的協議處理此渲染的注視點圖像以成為具有圖像數據與標頭封包數據的注視點圖像幀,其標示兩個或多個不同解析度的區塊。每個區塊可由具有對應之巨像素比率的巨像素所定義。舉例來說,在具有三個區塊的注視點圖像中,第一區塊Z0可具有一比一的水平與垂直比率,而第二與第三區塊(Z1與 Z2)可具有對應的一比二及一比四的巨像素比率(其中Z1巨像素係為2x2的顯示像素陣列,且Z2巨像素係為的4x4的顯示像素陣列)。此系統更可包含驅動控制器電路耦接以接收注視點圖像幀以產生注視點位元平面數據,並且將此位元平面數據轉換為多個調變平面。一或多個調變裝置可耦接以接收多個調變平面以產生一擴展的數據集,使得注視點圖像可生成在一顯示器上或者是輸出到顯示裝置。在調變平面數據的擴展過程中,對於具有減少的解析度之該區塊的數據,基於與區塊相關之對應的巨像素比率,多個相關巨像素的單一位元可被複製到一組顯示像素。In some embodiments, a gaze point display system is provided. Gaze point rendering is a type of image processing or image generation that uses the acuity of the eyes by providing multiple display areas (such as area Z0, area Z1, area Z2, area Z3, etc.) The resolution decreases exponentially when moving from the center of the retina (the direction of the user's gaze) to the periphery of the image. The gaze point display system described herein provides a unique method and protocol for encapsulation of gaze point image frames, and an innovative method for processing gaze point writing to display gaze point images on a display device. In particular, the system may include a processor coupled to receive input image data and gaze area definition data to generate a rendered gaze point image, and then process the rendered gaze point image using the selected protocol according to the present invention It becomes a gaze point image frame with image data and header packet data, which indicates two or more blocks with different resolutions. Each block can be defined by macro pixels with a corresponding macro pixel ratio. For example, in a gaze point image with three blocks, the first block Z0 may have a one-to-one horizontal to vertical ratio, and the second and third blocks (Z1 and Z2) may have corresponding One to two and one to four megapixel ratios (where the Z1 megapixel is a 2x2 display pixel array, and the Z2 megapixel is a 4x4 display pixel array). The system may further include a drive controller circuit coupled to receive the gaze point image frame to generate gaze point bit-plane data, and convert the bit-plane data into multiple modulation planes. One or more modulation devices can be coupled to receive multiple modulation planes to generate an expanded data set, so that the gaze point image can be generated on a display or output to a display device. In the expansion process of the modulation plane data, for the data of the block with reduced resolution, based on the corresponding macro pixel ratio related to the block, a single bit of multiple related macro pixels can be copied to a group Display pixels.

在一些實施例中,提供一種注視點顯示的方法與協定。此方法可包括接收關於圖像與注視點區的圖像數據。舉例來說,基於實時的使用者視網膜及/或頭部位置,一處理器可接收圖像輸入數據與追蹤數據。作為響應,此方法可進一步包含基於此圖像數據,產生一注視點圖像幀,其中此注視點圖像幀包含標頭封包數據,其標示兩個或多個不同解析度的同心區塊,從而每個區塊被壓縮以由多個巨像素與一對應的巨像素比率所定義。此方法可進一步包含傳輸此注視點圖像幀到具有光柵邏輯的一或多個調變裝置,此光柵邏輯耦接到包含像素陣列的一顯示電路。舉例來說,具有標頭封包數據的此注視點圖像幀可被傳送到驅動控制器電路,此驅動控制器電路產生注視點位元平面數據並且基於調變格式與標頭封包數據而將注視點位元平面轉換為多個調變平面。該些調變平面被傳送到所述一或多個調變裝置。接著,此方法可包含基於標頭封包數據與對應的巨像素比率而使用光柵邏輯,將該調變平面數據寫入顯示像素陣列,其中對於具有減小的解析度之注視點區,基於關聯於每個區塊的對應之巨像素比率,相關的多個巨像素的單一位元被複製到顯示像素陣列的子集。In some embodiments, a method and protocol for gaze point display are provided. The method may include receiving image data about the image and the gaze area. For example, based on real-time user's retina and/or head position, a processor can receive image input data and tracking data. In response, the method may further include generating a gaze point image frame based on the image data, wherein the gaze point image frame includes header packet data that indicates two or more concentric blocks of different resolutions, Thus, each block is compressed to be defined by the ratio of multiple megapixels to one corresponding megapixel. The method may further include transmitting the gaze point image frame to one or more modulation devices having raster logic, which is coupled to a display circuit including a pixel array. For example, the gaze point image frame with the header packet data can be transmitted to the driver controller circuit, which generates the gaze point bit plane data and transfers the gaze point data based on the modulation format and the header packet data. The viewpoint bit plane is converted into multiple modulation planes. The modulation planes are transmitted to the one or more modulation devices. Then, the method may include using raster logic based on the ratio of the header packet data to the corresponding giant pixel to write the modulated plane data into the display pixel array, where for the gaze area with reduced resolution, based on the correlation with The corresponding macro-pixel ratio of each block, a single bit of the related multiple macro-pixels is copied to a subset of the display pixel array.

在一些實施例中,一種有形的、非暫態的電腦可讀取媒介,其具有多個指令,當處理器執行該些指令時執行所述注視點顯示的方法。此注視點顯示方法可包含接收關於此圖像與多個注視點區的圖像數據。舉例來說,一處理器可接收圖像輸入數據及追蹤數據,基於實時的使用者視網膜及/或頭部位置,以生成一渲染的注視點圖像,如同根據產業中所做的注視點渲染方法。作為響應,此方法可進一步包含基於所述渲染的注視點圖像數據與所選定的傳輸協定,產生注視點圖像幀,其中注視點圖像幀包含標頭封包數據,其標示兩個或多個不同解析度的同心區塊,從而每個區塊由多個巨像素及對應的巨像素比率所定義。此方法可進一步包含傳輸此注視點圖像幀到一或多個調變裝置,並且將此幀解碼為一擴展的數據集用於控制具有一像素陣列的顯示器電路。舉例來說,具有標頭封包數據的注視點圖像幀可用以產生注視點位元平面數據,基於調變格式與標頭封包數據將此注視點位元平面數據轉換為多個調變平面。該些調變平面可被傳送到所述一或多個調變裝置並且解碼為此擴展的數據集。接著,此方法可包含基於此擴展的數據集,透過標頭封包數據與每個對應巨像素比率使用光柵邏輯,以將此調變平面數據寫入顯示像素陣列;其中對於具有減少的解析度之注視點區,基於關聯於每個區塊的對應之巨像素比率,相關的多個巨像素的單一位元被複製到顯示像素陣列的子集。In some embodiments, a tangible, non-transitory computer-readable medium has a plurality of instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the method for displaying the gaze point is executed. The gaze point display method may include receiving image data about the image and multiple gaze point regions. For example, a processor can receive image input data and tracking data, based on real-time user's retina and/or head position, to generate a rendered gaze point image, just like the gaze point rendering done in the industry method. In response, the method may further include generating a gaze point image frame based on the rendered gaze point image data and the selected transmission protocol, wherein the gaze point image frame includes header packet data that indicates two or more Concentric blocks with different resolutions, so that each block is defined by multiple megapixels and the corresponding megapixel ratio. The method may further include transmitting the gaze point image frame to one or more modulation devices, and decoding the frame into an extended data set for controlling a display circuit with a pixel array. For example, the gaze point image frame with header packet data can be used to generate gaze point bit-plane data, which is converted into multiple modulation planes based on the modulation format and the header packet data. These modulation planes can be transmitted to the one or more modulation devices and decoded to this extended data set. Next, the method may include using raster logic based on the expanded data set through the ratio of the header packet data to each corresponding macro pixel to write the modulated plane data into the display pixel array; In the fixation area, based on the corresponding macro-pixel ratio associated with each block, a single bit of the related multiple macro-pixels is copied to a subset of the display pixel array.

在一些實施例中,提供一種注視點顯示裝置。此注視點顯示裝置可包括一驅動控制器電路耦接以接收一注視點圖像幀以產生多個調變平面,其中此注視點圖像幀包含標頭封包數據,此標頭封包數據標示兩個或多個不同解析度的區塊,且其中每個區塊由多個巨像素及對應的多個巨像素比率所定義。進一步地,此注視點顯示裝置可包含一或多個調變裝置耦接以接收該些調變平面,使得一注視點圖像被生成在一顯示器上,其中對於具有減少的解析度的多個區塊,基於與區塊相關的該些對應的巨像素比率,相關的多個巨像素的單一位元被複製到一組顯示像素。In some embodiments, a gaze point display device is provided. The gaze point display device may include a drive controller circuit coupled to receive a gaze point image frame to generate a plurality of modulation planes, wherein the gaze point image frame includes header packet data, and the header packet data indicates two One or more blocks with different resolutions, and each block is defined by a plurality of macro pixels and a corresponding plurality of macro pixel ratios. Further, the gaze point display device may include one or more modulation devices coupled to receive the modulation planes, so that a gaze point image is generated on a display, wherein for a plurality of gaze points with reduced resolution For a block, based on the corresponding macro pixel ratios related to the block, a single bit of the related multiple macro pixels is copied to a group of display pixels.

透過結合附圖的以下詳細描述,實施例的其他方面和優點將變得顯而易見,附圖以示例的方式示出了所描述的實施例的原理。Other aspects and advantages of the embodiments will become apparent through the following detailed description in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, which illustrate the principles of the described embodiments by way of example.

以下實施例描述注視點顯示的裝置、系統和方法。本領域技術人員應當理解,可以在沒有部份或所有這些具體細節的情況下實現這些實施例。在其他情況下,沒有詳細描述習知的處理操作,以免造成實施例不必要的混淆。The following embodiments describe the device, system and method for gaze point display. Those skilled in the art should understand that these embodiments can be implemented without some or all of these specific details. In other cases, the conventional processing operations are not described in detail to avoid unnecessary confusion in the embodiments.

在一些實施例中,提供一種注視點顯示系統。注視點渲染(Foveated rendering)係一種圖像處理與圖像生成的類型,其係利用眼睛從視網膜中心(使用者的凝視方向)向外移動到圖像周圍的敏銳度/解析度的指數減小來提供多個顯示區塊[如區塊0(Z0)、區塊1(Z1)、區塊2(Z2)、區塊3(Z3)等]。在此所述的注視點顯示系統提供一種方法系統及注視點圖像幀封裝協定,以及在顯示裝置上顯示注視點圖像的處理注視點寫入的創新方法。此注視點寫入是此注視點顯示系統與方法所獨有的,並且解決最終的帶寬瓶頸。特別的是,系統包括處理器,其耦接以接收輸入圖像數據及注視點區定義數據以產生一渲染的注視點圖像,然而根據本發明所選定的協定將注視點圖像處理為具有圖像數據與標頭封包數據的注視點圖像幀,其辨識兩個或多個不同解析度的區塊。每個區塊可由多個具有對應巨像素比率的多個巨像素所定義。舉例來說,在具有三個區塊的注視點圖像中, 第一區塊Z0可具有水平及垂直比率1 比 1,而第二與第三區塊(Z1與 Z2)可具有對應的巨像素比率1 比2及1比 4 (其中Z1 巨像素係為2x2的顯示像素陣列,且Z2巨像素係為4x4的顯示像素陣列)。此系統進一步包含驅動控制器電路,其耦接以接收此注視點圖像幀以產生注視點位元平面數據,並且將位元平面數據轉換為調變平面。一或多個調變裝置(例如顯示器或矽基液晶(liquid crystal-on-silicon,LCoS)顯示器)可耦接以接收調變平面,據以產生擴展的數據集,其可被寫入像素陣列,從而在顯示器中生成注視點圖像。在針對具有減小解析度的區塊的調變平面數據之擴展中,基於關聯於此區塊的對應之巨像素比率,可將相關多個巨像素的單一位元複製到一組顯示像素。In some embodiments, a gaze point display system is provided. Foveated rendering is a type of image processing and image generation, which uses the exponential reduction of the acuity/resolution of the eye moving from the center of the retina (the user's gaze direction) to the periphery of the image To provide multiple display zones [such as zone 0 (Z0), zone 1 (Z1), zone 2 (Z2), zone 3 (Z3), etc.]. The gaze point display system described herein provides a method system, a gaze point image frame packaging protocol, and an innovative method for processing gaze point writing for displaying the gaze point image on a display device. This fixation point writing is unique to this fixation point display system and method, and solves the final bandwidth bottleneck. In particular, the system includes a processor, which is coupled to receive input image data and gaze area definition data to generate a rendered gaze point image, but the gaze point image is processed to have The gaze point image frame of the image data and the header packet data identifies two or more blocks of different resolutions. Each block can be defined by multiple macro pixels with corresponding macro pixel ratios. For example, in a gaze point image with three blocks, the first block Z0 may have a horizontal and vertical ratio of 1:1, and the second and third blocks (Z1 and Z2) may have corresponding macros. The pixel ratio is 1:2 and 1:4 (where the Z1 giant pixel is a 2x2 display pixel array, and the Z2 giant pixel is a 4x4 display pixel array). The system further includes a drive controller circuit coupled to receive the gaze point image frame to generate gaze point bit-plane data, and convert the bit-plane data into a modulation plane. One or more modulation devices (such as a display or liquid crystal-on-silicon (LCoS) display) can be coupled to receive the modulation plane, thereby generating an expanded data set, which can be written into the pixel array , Thereby generating a fixation point image on the display. In the expansion of the modulation plane data for a block with a reduced resolution, based on the corresponding macro pixel ratio associated with this block, a single bit of related multiple macro pixels can be copied to a group of display pixels.

在一些實施例中,提供一種注視點顯示的方法與協定。此方法可包含接收關聯於使圖像與注視點區的圖像數據。舉例來說,處理器可基於使用者的視網膜及/或頭部位置實時地接收影像輸入數據及追蹤數據。作為響應,此方法可進一步包括基於圖像數據產生注視點圖像幀,其中注視點圖像幀包括標頭封包數據標示兩個或多個不同解析度的同心區塊,從而壓縮每個區塊(zone)以被多個巨像素及對應的巨像素比率所定義。此方法更可包括將注視點圖像幀傳輸到一或多個調變裝置,所述一或多個調變裝置具有光柵邏輯耦接到包含有像素陣列的顯示電路。舉例來說,具有標頭封包數據的注視點圖像幀可被傳送到驅動控制器電路,此驅動控制器電路產生注視點位元平面數據,並且基於調變格式(modulation scheme)及標頭封包數據而將注視點位元平面數據轉換成調變平面。該些調變平面可被傳送到該一或多個調變裝置。此外,此方法更可包括基於標頭封包數據與每一對應的巨像素比率,使用光柵邏輯將注視點圖像輸出到顯示像素陣列,其中針對具有減少的解析度之注視點區,基於相關於每個區塊之對應的巨像素比率,將多個相關的巨像素的單一位元複製到顯示像素陣列的子集。In some embodiments, a method and protocol for gaze point display are provided. The method may include receiving image data associated with the image and the gaze area. For example, the processor can receive image input data and tracking data in real time based on the user's retina and/or head position. In response, the method may further include generating a gaze point image frame based on the image data, wherein the gaze point image frame includes header packet data indicating two or more concentric blocks with different resolutions, thereby compressing each block (Zone) is defined by multiple megapixels and the corresponding megapixel ratio. The method may further include transmitting the gaze point image frame to one or more modulation devices, the one or more modulation devices having a raster logic coupled to a display circuit including a pixel array. For example, the gaze point image frame with header packet data can be transmitted to the driver controller circuit, which generates the gaze point bit plane data, and is based on a modulation scheme and header packet Data and convert the gaze point bit plane data into a modulation plane. The modulation planes can be transmitted to the one or more modulation devices. In addition, the method may further include outputting the gaze point image to the display pixel array using raster logic based on the ratio of the header packet data to each corresponding giant pixel, where the gaze point area with reduced resolution is based on the correlation The corresponding macro-pixel ratio of each block copies a single bit of multiple related macro-pixels to a subset of the display pixel array.

此注視點顯示系統及方法為注視點傳輸提供了兩個協定方式:區塊順序(Zone-Order)與光柵順序(Raster-Order)。每個方式可具有多種格式來定義特定的協定標準(以下將詳細敘明)。此注視點顯示系統及方法使用兩個協定階段:圖像幀介面(主機與顯示驅動器之間的每個像素數據;例如24位元/像素)以及調變平面介面(驅動器與顯示器之間的離散數據;例如1位元/像素)。在此揭露的注視點顯示系統將該些協定應用在兩種應用程序:中心細部(center-detail)及周邊細部(periphery detail)。進一步地,此注視點顯示系統提供多種注視點寫入的實施方式:單列、雙列、四列等。The fixation point display system and method provide two protocol methods for fixation point transmission: zone order (Zone-Order) and raster order (Raster-Order). Each method can have multiple formats to define specific protocol standards (described in detail below). This fixation point display system and method use two protocol stages: image frame interface (each pixel data between the host and the display driver; for example, 24 bits/pixel) and the modulation plane interface (discrete between the driver and the display Data; for example, 1 bit/pixel). The gaze point display system disclosed here applies these protocols to two applications: center-detail and peripheral detail. Further, this gaze point display system provides multiple gaze point writing implementations: single column, double column, four column, etc.

有利的是,此注視點顯示系統與方法提出改變顯示裝置以接受創新的注視點協定;因此可節省傳輸帶寬並且節省顯示裝置的像素陣列之寫入時間。此外,在此描述的注視點顯示系統與方法可以有較高的視訊速率、較高的位元深度及/或較高的顯示解析度。進一步地,此注視點顯示系統與方法為注視點處理提出些許的離散限制(discrete constraint),以匹配或簡化顯示裝置中的實現方式。另外,此注視點顯示系統與方法透過將區塊形狀保持在矩形區塊中,以匹配顯示裝置像素的物理陣列結構,從而改善現有系統(由於光學特性,投影在視區可使這些區塊成為非矩形/非線性)。根據每個區塊的相對大小,在此所描述的本發明之注視點圖像處理方法通常可減少總顯示像素的六分之一至十分之一之傳輸的圖像或圖像幀數據。舉例來說,在注視點圖像幀中,具有四兆像素的2Kx2K顯示器可能僅需要輸入巨像素的0.5兆像素。Advantageously, this gaze point display system and method propose to change the display device to accept the innovative gaze point protocol; therefore, it can save the transmission bandwidth and save the writing time of the pixel array of the display device. In addition, the gaze point display system and method described herein can have a higher video rate, a higher bit depth, and/or a higher display resolution. Further, the gaze point display system and method proposes some discrete constraints for gaze point processing to match or simplify the implementation in the display device. In addition, the gaze point display system and method keep the shape of the block in a rectangular block to match the physical array structure of the display device pixels, thereby improving the existing system (due to the optical characteristics, projection on the viewing zone can make these blocks become Non-rectangular/non-linear). According to the relative size of each block, the gaze point image processing method of the present invention described herein can generally reduce the transmitted image or image frame data by one-sixth to one-tenth of the total display pixels. For example, in the gaze point image frame, a 2K×2K display with four megapixels may only need to input 0.5 megapixels of giant pixels.

在以下描述中,闡述許多細節。然而,對於本領域具有通常知識者來說,顯而易見的是可在沒有這些具體細節的情況下時現本發明。在某些情況中,為避免本發明模糊焦點,僅以方塊圖而非細部圖式來表示習知結構及裝置。In the following description, many details are explained. However, it is obvious to a person with ordinary knowledge in the art that the present invention can be implemented without these specific details. In some cases, to avoid blurring the focus of the present invention, only block diagrams rather than detailed diagrams are used to represent conventional structures and devices.

下面的詳細描述的某些部分是根據對電腦記憶體內的數據位元運算的演算法和符號表示來呈現的。這些演算法的描述和表示是數據處理領域的技術人員用來最有效地向本領域的其他技術人員傳達其工作實質的手段。 在此,演算法通常被認為是獲取所需結果的自我一致序列(self-consistent sequence)步驟。這些步驟是需要對物理量進行物理操縱的步驟。 儘管不是必須的,通常這些物理量採取能夠被儲存、傳輸、組合、比較及以其他方式操縱的電或磁信號的形式。主要基於通用目的,將這些信號稱為位元、數值、元素、符號、字元、字彙、數字等係為方便的。Some parts of the detailed description below are presented based on algorithms and symbolic representations of data bit operations in computer memory. The description and representation of these algorithms are the means used by those skilled in the data processing field to most effectively convey the essence of their work to others in the field. Here, an algorithm is generally considered to be a self-consistent sequence step to obtain the desired result. These steps are those requiring physical manipulation of physical quantities. Although not necessary, these physical quantities usually take the form of electrical or magnetic signals that can be stored, transmitted, combined, compared, and otherwise manipulated. Mainly for general purpose, it is convenient to refer to these signals as bits, values, elements, symbols, characters, vocabulary, numbers, etc.

然而,應該謹記的是所有這些和類似術語均應與適當的物理量相關聯,並且僅是為應用於這些物理量的便利標籤。除非另有明確說明,否則從以下討論中可以明顯看出在整個說明書中,使用諸如「取回」、「生成」、「檢測」、「編寫」、「轉換」、「接收」、「 擴展」、「解析」等是指電腦系統或類似電子計算設備的操作和過程,所述操作和過程將表示為電腦系統寄存器和記憶體中物理(電子)量的數據轉換為以電腦系統記憶體或寄存器或其他此類信息儲存、傳輸或顯示設備中的物理量表示的其他數據。However, it should be borne in mind that all these and similar terms should be associated with the appropriate physical quantities and are merely convenient labels applied to these physical quantities. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, it is obvious from the following discussion that in the entire specification, use such as "retrieved", "generated", "detected", "written", "converted", "received", "extended" "Analysis", etc. refers to the operation and process of a computer system or similar electronic computing equipment, which converts data expressed as computer system registers and physical (electronic) quantities in the memory into computer system memory or registers Or other data represented by physical quantities in other such information storage, transmission or display equipment.

本發明更涉及用於執行本文中的操作設備。所述設備可以被特殊構造用於所需目的,或者可以包括由儲存在電腦中的電腦程序選擇性地啟用或重新配置的通用電腦。這樣的電腦程序可以儲存在電腦可讀存儲媒介中,例如但不限於任何類型的磁碟、包括軟碟、光碟、CD-ROM和磁光碟,唯讀記憶體(ROM) 、隨機存取記憶體(RAM)、EPROM、EEPROM、磁卡或光卡或適用於儲存電子指令的任何類型的媒介,每個都耦接到電腦系統匯流排。The present invention relates more to a device for performing the operation herein. The device may be specially constructed for the required purpose, or it may include a general-purpose computer selectively activated or reconfigured by a computer program stored in the computer. Such computer programs can be stored in computer-readable storage media, such as but not limited to any type of magnetic disk, including floppy disks, optical disks, CD-ROM and magneto-optical disks, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), EPROM, EEPROM, magnetic or optical card or any type of medium suitable for storing electronic instructions, each of which is coupled to the computer system bus.

在說明書中提及「一個實施例」或「一實施例」是指結合該實施例描述的特定特徵、結構或特性包括在本發明的至少一個實施例中。 在本說明書中位於不同位置的詞語「在一個實施例中」不一定指相同的實施例。 在整個附圖的描述中,相同的附圖標號表示相同的元件。Mentioning "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" in the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic described in conjunction with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. The words "in one embodiment" in different positions in this specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. Throughout the description of the drawings, the same reference numerals represent the same elements.

請參照圖1A,根據一些實施例揭示一種具有注視點光調變的注視點電磁輻射調變系統。注視點渲染係為一種圖像處理或圖像生成的類型,其透過提供多個顯示區塊(例如區塊Z0~Z3),利用眼睛的敏銳度/解析度由視網膜中心(用戶的凝視方向)向外移動到圖像外圍周邊係按指數下降。在本發明的實施例中,所述區塊可以是矩形。然而,所屬領域具有通常知識者可以理解所述區塊的形狀係可以變化的。在此所述的注視點顯示系統提供一種注視點圖像幀封裝的方法與協定,以及為在顯示裝置上顯示注視點圖像的注視點寫入之處理方法。特別的是,注視點電磁輻射調變系統100(例如注視點光調變系統)可包含處理器(中央處理電路及/或圖形處理電路)110、驅動控制器電路120、一或多個調變裝置130及顯示器146。處理器電路110具有區塊定義模組111、注視點渲染模組112、注視點圖像記憶體114及圖像協定編碼邏輯115,其通常用以接收來自一或多個輸入數據源105的輸入以產生注視點圖像幀103,注視點圖像幀103具有標頭封包數據,其定義兩個或多個不同解析度的同心區塊,其中每個區塊係由多個巨像素及對應的巨像素比率所定義;一個比率用於水平方向且另一個比率用於垂直方向。在本發明的一實施例中,每個巨像素比率係為整數。在一些實施例中,來自所述一或多個輸入數據源105的輸入包含一或多個圖像及相關的注視點區塊數據。在此所載的「注視點圖像」通常係意指一圖像或視訊幀,其被分為兩個或多個解析度區塊。在一些實施例中,處理器110可包括在一主機電腦中(圖中未示),從而主機電腦將注視點圖像幀103傳送到關聯於顯示器146的驅動控制器電路120。驅動控制器 120通常用以控制調變裝置電路130,使得基於輸入數據105(例如圖像數據)而將注視點圖像輸出到顯示器146。當然,應當理解的是驅動控制器電路120及/或處理器電路110也可以包含其他習知及/或專用的電路及/或邏輯結構,例如包括幀緩衝記憶體/快取、時序電路、垂直/水平掃描線電路、處理器電路等。儲存在記憶體114的注視點圖像(例如投影的注視點圖像或直視的注視點圖像)輸出到顯示器及/或在顯示器146上產生或渲染,注視點圖像可包含多個解析度區塊Z0、Z1、Z2、Z3、… ZN,其中每個區塊具有不同的解析度。舉例來說,根據本發明,可使用中心細部模式(中心細部模式)來生成該些區塊 ,其中具有最高解析度的區塊Z0追蹤使用者的凝視方向,且其他區塊(Z1、Z2、Z3、 … ZN)具有比區塊Z0更低的解析度,使得每個區塊的解析度從使用者固定點位開始依序降低。也就是說,第二區塊Z1的解析度低於區塊Z0的解析度;第三區塊Z2的解析度低於區塊Z1的解析度;第四區塊Z3的解析度低於區塊Z2的解析度,依此類推。如同所屬領域具有通常知識者可理解,前述四個區塊的描述僅係用於舉例說明,並且區塊的數量及/或區塊相對於鄰近區塊的大小可以變化。本發明的教示可等同於具有N個注視點圖像區塊的系統。根據本注視點顯示系統與方法,顯示器146可以是幅度及/或相位顯示器。本發明揭示的注視點(foveated)光調變系統100的應用通常可包含例如目標應用,諸如用於抬頭顯示器(heads up displays,HUDs)的全像攝影、用於頭戴式顯示器(head-mounted displays,HMDs)的擴增實境(augmented reality,AR)、混合實境(mixed reality,MR)或虛擬實境(virtual reality,VR)等。當然,所提供的這些應用僅係用於舉例說明,並非用於限定本發明。在本發明的實施例中,一巨像素中的數據與一像素中的數據並沒有不同。在本發明之一實施例中,當注視點渲染模組112建立像素並且將它們放進記憶體時,它們可例如是24位元 (例如全彩位元(full color bits))。多個巨像素對應多個顯示像素,並且圖像渲染過程建立像素,其也可稱為巨像素。編碼模組 115不產生巨像素,而是會將該些像素重新排列為一選定協定或一特定協定所指示的順序。調變平面像素為單一位元或對應一單一位元。1A, according to some embodiments, a gaze point electromagnetic radiation modulation system with gaze point light modulation is disclosed. Gaze point rendering is a type of image processing or image generation, which uses the acuity/resolution of the eyes from the center of the retina (the user’s gaze direction) by providing multiple display areas (such as areas Z0~Z3) Moving outward to the periphery of the image decreases exponentially. In the embodiment of the present invention, the block may be rectangular. However, those with ordinary knowledge in the field can understand that the shape of the block can be changed. The gaze point display system described herein provides a method and protocol for encapsulating gaze point image frames, and a processing method for writing gaze points for displaying the gaze point image on a display device. In particular, the gaze point electromagnetic radiation modulation system 100 (such as the gaze point light modulation system) may include a processor (central processing circuit and/or graphics processing circuit) 110, a drive controller circuit 120, and one or more modulations.装置130 and display 146. The processor circuit 110 has a block definition module 111, a gaze point rendering module 112, a gaze point image memory 114, and an image protocol encoding logic 115, which are generally used to receive input from one or more input data sources 105 To generate the gaze point image frame 103, the gaze point image frame 103 has header packet data, which defines two or more concentric blocks with different resolutions, where each block is composed of multiple macro pixels and corresponding Defined by the megapixel ratio; one ratio is used in the horizontal direction and the other ratio is used in the vertical direction. In an embodiment of the present invention, the ratio of each macro pixel is an integer. In some embodiments, the input from the one or more input data sources 105 includes one or more images and related gaze block data. The "gazing point image" described here generally refers to an image or video frame, which is divided into two or more resolution blocks. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may be included in a host computer (not shown), so that the host computer transmits the gaze point image frame 103 to the drive controller circuit 120 associated with the display 146. The driving controller 120 is generally used to control the modulation device circuit 130 so that the gaze point image is output to the display 146 based on the input data 105 (for example, image data). Of course, it should be understood that the drive controller circuit 120 and/or the processor circuit 110 may also include other conventional and/or dedicated circuits and/or logical structures, such as frame buffer memory/cache, sequential circuits, vertical /Horizontal scan line circuit, processor circuit, etc. The gaze point image (such as the projected gaze point image or the direct gaze point image) stored in the memory 114 is output to the display and/or generated or rendered on the display 146. The gaze point image may include multiple resolutions Blocks Z0, Z1, Z2, Z3, ... ZN, each of which has a different resolution. For example, according to the present invention, the center detail mode (center detail mode) can be used to generate these blocks, where the block Z0 with the highest resolution tracks the user's gaze direction, and the other blocks (Z1, Z2, Z3,… ZN) has a lower resolution than the block Z0, so that the resolution of each block decreases sequentially from the user's fixed point. In other words, the resolution of the second block Z1 is lower than the resolution of the block Z0; the resolution of the third block Z2 is lower than the resolution of the block Z1; the resolution of the fourth block Z3 is lower than the resolution of the block Z0 The resolution of Z2, and so on. As those with ordinary knowledge in the field can understand, the description of the aforementioned four blocks is only for illustration, and the number of blocks and/or the size of blocks relative to adjacent blocks can be changed. The teaching of the present invention can be equivalent to a system with N fixation point image blocks. According to the gaze point display system and method, the display 146 may be an amplitude and/or phase display. The application of the foveated light modulation system 100 disclosed in the present invention may generally include, for example, target applications, such as holographic photography for heads up displays (HUDs), and head-mounted displays (head-mounted displays). displays, HMDs) augmented reality (AR), mixed reality (MR) or virtual reality (VR), etc. Of course, these applications are provided for illustration only, and not for limiting the present invention. In the embodiment of the present invention, the data in a giant pixel is not different from the data in a pixel. In an embodiment of the present invention, when the gaze point rendering module 112 creates pixels and puts them into the memory, they may be, for example, 24 bits (for example, full color bits). Multiple macro pixels correspond to multiple display pixels, and the image rendering process establishes pixels, which may also be called macro pixels. The encoding module 115 does not generate giant pixels, but rearranges the pixels into an order indicated by a selected protocol or a specific protocol. The modulation plane pixel is a single bit or corresponds to a single bit.

在本發明的實施例中,所述的區塊可以是矩形,與顯示器之像素陣列的行-列結構相關。然而,所屬領域具有通常知識者應當理解的是,所述區塊的形狀根據注視點顯示的結構與特徵而係為可變化的,以便於依據巨像素比率來複製數據。此外,在本發明之一實施例中,水平與垂直維度上的巨像素比率皆為整數,其可允許巨像素數據被複製到整個及/或個別的顯示像素。所屬領域具有通常知識者應可以理解的是,當巨像素值被施加到或寫入到多個或其他顯示像素時,灰階裝置可允許縮放像素數據或以其他方式過濾/處理像素值。In the embodiment of the present invention, the block may be rectangular, which is related to the row-column structure of the pixel array of the display. However, those with ordinary knowledge in the art should understand that the shape of the block is changeable according to the structure and characteristics of the gaze point display, so as to facilitate the reproduction of data according to the macro pixel ratio. In addition, in one embodiment of the present invention, the ratio of macro pixels in the horizontal and vertical dimensions are both integers, which allows the macro pixel data to be copied to the entire and/or individual display pixels. Those with ordinary knowledge in the art should understand that when megapixel values are applied or written to multiple or other display pixels, the grayscale device may allow for scaling pixel data or filtering/processing pixel values in other ways.

處理器電路110所產生的注視點圖像幀103通常包括注視點區,並且可使用習知及/或專用圖像傳輸協定來進行封裝(例如來自行動產業處理器接口(MIPI)聯盟的顯示串行接口(Display Serial Interface,DSI)、高畫質多媒體介面(HDMI)、顯示接口(DisplayPort)等)。 為了與顯示器、具有注視點顯示或注視點圖像功能的顯示裝置進行通訊,處理器電路110可將標頭及/或指令資訊(例如模式、作動及/或格式選取資訊)嵌入注視點圖像幀103。標頭資訊可包含例如正在使用的注視點區之數量、每個區塊的解析度、注視點區的大小與位置、數據順序、封裝格式、預期的顯示能力等。每個區塊的大小與位置可由處理器電路110選擇,且可基於例如陣列尺寸及調變裝置電路130的其他屬性、系統的光學特性、追蹤邏輯107、渲染演算法、操作環境等進行選擇。處理器電路110可基於一或多個輸入數據源105而產生注視點圖像幀103。圖像數據源可包含例如圖像感測器(例如攝像裝置)以擷取環境圖像數據、圖像疊加數據 (image overlay data)等。輸入數據源105可包括例如多個圖像感測器以擷取具有不同解析度的圖像數據。舉例來說,注視點圖像幀103可包括三個區塊:第一區塊Z0、第二區塊Z1及第三區塊Z2。在一些實施例中, 舉例來說,第一區塊Z0可具有最高解析度(例如注視點圖像與像素的一對一對應關係)、第二區塊Z2可具有比第一區塊更低的解析度,例如四比一的像素解析度,其具有第一區塊解析度的四分之一(二分之一在水平且二分之一在垂直),並且第三區塊Z3可具有比第二區塊更低的解析度,例如十六比一的解析度,其具有第一區塊解析度的十六分之一 (四分之一在水平且四分之一在垂直)。這些區塊可以定義為最高解析度區塊的二進制倍數(二比一、四比一、十六等比一等)。在一些實施例中,處理器電路110 可針對每個幀、每個子幀及/或以預定基礎如間隔一幀的方式,以刷新所編碼的注視點圖像幀103的該些區塊。The gaze point image frame 103 generated by the processor circuit 110 usually includes a gaze point area, and can be packaged using conventional and/or dedicated image transmission protocols (for example, the display string from the Mobile Industry Processor Interface (MIPI) Alliance). Line interface (Display Serial Interface, DSI), high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI), display interface (DisplayPort), etc.). In order to communicate with a display, a display device with a fixation point display or fixation point image function, the processor circuit 110 may embed header and/or command information (such as mode, action and/or format selection information) into the fixation point image Frame 103. The header information may include, for example, the number of gaze area in use, the resolution of each block, the size and position of the gaze area, the data sequence, the packaging format, the expected display capability, etc. The size and location of each block can be selected by the processor circuit 110, and can be selected based on, for example, the array size and other attributes of the modulation device circuit 130, the optical characteristics of the system, the tracking logic 107, the rendering algorithm, the operating environment, and the like. The processor circuit 110 may generate the gaze point image frame 103 based on one or more input data sources 105. The image data source may include, for example, an image sensor (such as a camera) to capture environmental image data, image overlay data, and so on. The input data source 105 may include, for example, multiple image sensors to capture image data with different resolutions. For example, the gaze point image frame 103 may include three blocks: a first block Z0, a second block Z1, and a third block Z2. In some embodiments, for example, the first zone Z0 may have the highest resolution (for example, the one-to-one correspondence between the gaze point image and the pixel), and the second zone Z2 may have a lower resolution than the first zone. Resolution, such as a four-to-one pixel resolution, which has a quarter of the resolution of the first block (one-half in the horizontal and one-half in the vertical), and the third block Z3 can have A lower resolution than the second block, such as a sixteen to one resolution, which has one sixteenth of the resolution of the first block (a quarter is horizontal and a quarter is vertical). These blocks can be defined as binary multiples of the highest resolution blocks (two to one, four to one, sixteen to one, etc.). In some embodiments, the processor circuit 110 may refresh the blocks of the coded gaze point image frame 103 for each frame, each subframe, and/or on a predetermined basis such as one frame interval.

在一些實施例中,處理器110可耦接以接收來自追蹤邏輯模組107的使用者視網膜及/或頭部追蹤數據,追蹤邏輯模組107具有實時的或儲存的追蹤軟體之電機、電子及/或機械組件。特別地,區塊定義模組111可一併使用系統光學參數及來自追蹤邏輯107的數據,其中追蹤邏輯107可感測使用者的視網膜位置並且產生注視點區參數數據對應所感測到的視網膜位置。根據所述特定實施例,注視點渲染模組112可耦接追蹤邏輯107以基於視網膜凝視而接收使用者的注視點;其中注視點渲染模組112可基於一或多個參數使用注視點渲染演算法來計算每個區塊的尺寸與位置,所述一或多個參數係如:總視場(total field-of-view)、光學系統失真(optical system distortion)、注視靈敏度(fovea acuity)、追蹤邏輯的容忍值( tolerance of tracking logic)、追蹤邏輯的延遲(latency of tracking logic)、運動速率(rate of motion)等。在一些實施方式中, 追蹤邏輯107可被包含在系統100 以定義圖像幀內每個區塊的位置,其中追蹤邏輯 107用以追蹤並定位眼睛及/或頭部的位置。所屬領域具有通常知識者應當理解本發明的任何邏輯(logic)皆可透過電機、電子及/或機械組件來實現。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may be coupled to receive user retina and/or head tracking data from the tracking logic module 107. The tracking logic module 107 has real-time or stored tracking software motors, electronics, and /Or mechanical components. In particular, the block definition module 111 can use the system optical parameters and data from the tracking logic 107 together. The tracking logic 107 can sense the user's retinal position and generate gaze zone parameter data corresponding to the sensed retinal position . According to the specific embodiment, the gaze point rendering module 112 can be coupled to the tracking logic 107 to receive the user's gaze point based on retinal gaze; wherein the gaze point rendering module 112 can use the gaze point rendering algorithm based on one or more parameters Method to calculate the size and position of each block. The one or more parameters are: total field-of-view, optical system distortion, fovea acuity, Tolerance of tracking logic (tolerance of tracking logic), latency of tracking logic (latency of tracking logic), rate of motion, etc. In some embodiments, the tracking logic 107 may be included in the system 100 to define the position of each block in the image frame, wherein the tracking logic 107 is used to track and locate the position of the eyes and/or the head. Those with ordinary knowledge in the art should understand that any logic of the present invention can be implemented by motors, electronic and/or mechanical components.

在一些實施例中,驅動控制器電路120可包含記憶體122、第一轉換單元124及第二轉換單元126。第一轉換單元124可耦接以接收注視點圖像幀,並且作為響應而基於注視點圖像幀產生注視點位元平面數據。第二轉換單元126可耦接以接收注視點位元平面數據,並且作為響應而基於注視點位元平面數據及相關調變格式(associated modulation scheme)產生調變平面127。在一些實施例中,記憶體122可儲存注視點圖像幀、注視點位元平面數據或調變平面127。所述一或多個調變裝置130的每一個具有顯示像素陣列144,並且可耦接以接收調變平面127且在顯示器146上輸出注視點圖像。特別地,所述一或多個調變裝置130可基於標頭封包數據來擴展調變平面的每個線組(line-set);其中針對具有減小的解析度之區塊,基於與所述區塊相關的巨像素比率,將多個相關巨像素的單一位元複製到顯示像素陣列的子集(subset)。In some embodiments, the driving controller circuit 120 may include a memory 122, a first conversion unit 124 and a second conversion unit 126. The first conversion unit 124 may be coupled to receive the gaze point image frame, and in response to generate gaze point bit plane data based on the gaze point image frame. The second conversion unit 126 may be coupled to receive the gaze point bit-plane data, and in response, generate a modulation plane 127 based on the gaze point bit-plane data and an associated modulation scheme (associated modulation scheme). In some embodiments, the memory 122 can store the gaze point image frame, the gaze point bit plane data, or the modulation plane 127. Each of the one or more modulation devices 130 has a display pixel array 144 and can be coupled to receive the modulation plane 127 and output a gaze point image on the display 146. In particular, the one or more modulation devices 130 may expand each line-set of the modulation plane based on the header packet data; among them, for blocks with reduced resolution, based on Regarding the block-related macro pixel ratio, a single bit of multiple related macro pixels is copied to a subset of the display pixel array.

在一些實施例中,調變裝置電路130可包括例如協定解碼邏輯133、顯示器電路140(例如LCOS顯示器裝置、面板、顯示器面板或空間光調變器)、光柵邏輯150及記憶體132。在一些實施例中,解碼邏輯133耦接以從驅動控制器電路120接收調變平面以解析標頭封包數據,並且光柵邏輯150基於來自解碼邏輯133的控制而產生擴展的數據集,其可包含標頭封包數據及對應的巨像素比率。光柵邏輯150可包含行緩衝器 156用於在操作的解碼階段保持每個線組的每一行;以及行對列158用於保持要寫入像素陣列144的擴展的數據集,從而在顯示器146上顯示效果。  光柵邏輯150可進一步包含線組收集電路152或直接寫入邏輯154。顯示器電路140可耦接以接收擴展的數據集,並且作為響應而在顯示器146上顯示注視點圖像。特別地,顯示器電路140可包含控制單元耦接以接收此擴展的數據集且產生多個對應的二進制值,以應用到像素陣列電路144,其中該些對應的二進制值控制傳播通過每個像素的電磁輻射的振幅與相位。在一些實施例中,顯示器電路140可包括例如矽基液晶(liquid crystal on silicon,LCoS) 顯示器電路(圖中未示),例如由Compound Photonics所提供的顯示器。取決於給定應用所需的條件,顯示器電路140可包括相位型及/或振幅型。In some embodiments, the modulation device circuit 130 may include, for example, a protocol decoding logic 133, a display circuit 140 (such as an LCOS display device, a panel, a display panel, or a spatial light modulator), a raster logic 150, and a memory 132. In some embodiments, the decoding logic 133 is coupled to receive the modulation plane from the drive controller circuit 120 to parse the header packet data, and the raster logic 150 generates an extended data set based on the control from the decoding logic 133, which may include The header packet data and the corresponding megapixel ratio. The raster logic 150 may include a row buffer 156 for holding each row of each line group during the decoding phase of the operation; and a row-to-column 158 for holding the expanded data set to be written to the pixel array 144, so that the display 146 display effect. The raster logic 150 may further include a line group collection circuit 152 or direct write logic 154. The display circuit 140 may be coupled to receive the expanded data set, and in response, display the gaze point image on the display 146. In particular, the display circuit 140 may include a control unit coupled to receive the expanded data set and generate a plurality of corresponding binary values to be applied to the pixel array circuit 144, wherein the corresponding binary values control the propagation through each pixel The amplitude and phase of electromagnetic radiation. In some embodiments, the display circuit 140 may include, for example, a liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS) display circuit (not shown), such as a display provided by Compound Photonics. Depending on the conditions required for a given application, the display circuit 140 may include a phase type and/or an amplitude type.

在圖3A與3B中,將進一步詳細描述線組收集電路152 作為從緩衝數據或立即從所接收的光柵順序數據中讀取的記憶體之一部分。在一些實施例中,顯示裝置可提供直接寫入邏輯154以能夠寫入對應一區塊的行之一部分,而不影響該行的其他部分。此功能允許依照區塊順序直接寫入每個區塊,而不必從線組中的不同區塊收集巨像素。然而,它使用多個行寫入時間來寫入行的所有部分,這可能會是本實施例的限制因素。In FIGS. 3A and 3B, the line group collection circuit 152 will be described in further detail as a part of the memory that is read from the buffered data or immediately from the received raster sequence data. In some embodiments, the display device may provide a direct write logic 154 to be able to write a part of a row corresponding to a block without affecting other parts of the row. This function allows to write each block directly in the order of the blocks without having to collect giant pixels from different blocks in the line group. However, it uses multiple row write times to write all parts of the row, which may be the limiting factor of this embodiment.

在一些實施例中,標頭封包數據可包含解析度-順序觸發位元(resolution-order toggle bit)啟用中心細部模式與周邊細部模式。在中心細部模式被激發的操作過程中,注視點圖像幀包括多個同心區塊(例如共享同一中心的任何形狀之區塊)具有位於使用者注視點中心的最高解析度的區塊,從而相鄰區塊的解析度低於全解析度(full resolution)一預設值,並且每個區塊的解析度從使用者注視點開始按降序(descending order)減小。在周邊細部模式被激發的操作過程中,注視點圖像幀包括多個同心區塊,具有最高解析度的區塊位於該些同心區塊的周邊,從而相鄰第二內部區塊的解析度低於全解析度一預設值,並且每個同心內部區塊的解析度按降序減小。標頭封包數據可進一步包括傳輸模式觸發位元(transmission-mode toggle bit)啟用光柵順序模式(raster-order mode)及區塊順序模式(zone-order mode)。在光柵順序模式被激發的操作過程中,數據傳輸包括多個線組,其代表來自於與原始圖像顯示順序相對應之該些同心區塊的數據的多個行。在區塊順序模式被激發的操作過程中,數據傳輸包括在相鄰區塊的數據傳輸之前,完整地發送多個同心區塊的每一個。標頭封包數據可進一步包括一區塊數量段定義該些同心區塊的數量;一區塊尺寸段定義該些同心區塊的每一個的水平及垂直尺寸;一區塊偏移段,其定義關聯於該些同心區塊的每一個的水平及垂直偏移;以及多個顯示參數。該些顯示參數可包括字元長度段,其定義與驅動控制器電路相關的時序週期所傳送的多個像素位元。進一步地,該些顯示參數可包括x-偏移尺寸段,其在每個水平偏移最低有效位(Least Significant Bit,LSB)定義多個像素位元,以及線組尺寸段,其定義要同時寫入的最大行數。此外, 該些顯示參數可包括行時間段,其定義寫入一行所需的多個時序段,以及雙列驅動模式指示器,其能夠同時寫入兩行。在本發明的一實施例中,該些區塊的至少一個具有與其他區塊之一不同的中心。In some embodiments, the header packet data may include a resolution-order toggle bit to enable the center detail mode and the peripheral detail mode. During the operation in which the center detail mode is activated, the gaze point image frame includes multiple concentric blocks (for example, blocks of any shape sharing the same center) with the highest resolution block at the center of the user’s gaze point, thereby The resolution of adjacent blocks is lower than a preset value of full resolution, and the resolution of each block decreases in descending order from the user's gaze point. During the operation in which the peripheral detail mode is activated, the gaze point image frame includes a plurality of concentric blocks, and the block with the highest resolution is located on the periphery of the concentric blocks, so that the resolution of the second inner block is adjacent It is lower than a preset value of full resolution, and the resolution of each concentric inner block decreases in descending order. The header packet data may further include a transmission-mode toggle bit to enable raster-order mode and zone-order mode. During the operation in which the raster sequence mode is activated, the data transmission includes multiple line groups, which represent multiple rows of data from the concentric regions corresponding to the original image display sequence. During the operation in which the block sequential mode is activated, the data transmission includes the complete transmission of each of the multiple concentric blocks before the data transmission of adjacent blocks. The header packet data may further include a block quantity field defining the number of the concentric blocks; a block size field defining the horizontal and vertical dimensions of each of the concentric blocks; a block offset field defining the number The horizontal and vertical offsets associated with each of the concentric blocks; and multiple display parameters. The display parameters may include a character length segment, which defines a plurality of pixel bits transmitted in a timing cycle related to the drive controller circuit. Further, the display parameters may include x-offset size segments, which define multiple pixel bits in each Least Significant Bit (LSB) of each horizontal offset, and line group size segments, which must be defined simultaneously The maximum number of rows written. In addition, the display parameters may include a row time period, which defines multiple timing periods required for writing one row, and a dual-column drive mode indicator, which can simultaneously write two rows. In an embodiment of the invention, at least one of the blocks has a different center from one of the other blocks.

無論是在軟體或硬體中定義,注視點顯示系統100可進一步包括注視點顯示協定邏輯以對注視點圖像幀與注視點調變平面數據進行編碼及解碼,所述的注視點顯示協定邏輯包括:圖像協定編碼115、圖像協定解碼123、平面協定編碼125及平面協定解碼133。特別地,處理器 110 可包括圖像協定編碼115。驅動控制器120可包括圖像協定解碼123、平面協定編碼125。所述一或多個調變裝置130可包括平面協定解碼133。Whether defined in software or hardware, the gaze point display system 100 may further include gaze point display protocol logic to encode and decode gaze point image frames and gaze point modulation plane data. The gaze point display protocol logic Including: image agreement encoding 115, image agreement decoding 123, plane agreement encoding 125, and plane agreement decoding 133. In particular, the processor 110 may include an image agreement code 115. The drive controller 120 may include image protocol decoding 123 and plane protocol encoding 125. The one or more modulation devices 130 may include planar protocol decoding 133.

在操作中,處理器110耦接以接收關於圖像與注視點區的圖像數據。特別地,處理器110可實時地基於使用者視網膜及/或頭部位置以接收來自所述一或多個輸入數據源105的圖像輸入數據;以及來自追蹤邏輯107的追蹤數據。可選地,處理器110可耦接以接收來自該些輸入數據源105之一的注視點數據。作為響應,處理器110可基於圖像數據產生注視點圖像幀,其中注視點圖像幀包括標頭封包數據,標示兩個或多個不同解析度的同心區塊,從而每個區塊被壓縮而由多個巨像素及對應的巨像素比率所定義。處理器110可將注視點圖像幀傳輸到具有光柵邏輯150的一或多個調變裝置130,其中光柵邏輯150耦接到包含像素陣列144的顯示電路140。舉例來說,具有標頭封包數據的注視點圖像幀可被傳送到驅動控制器電路120,驅動控制器電路120使用轉換單元124產生注視點位元平面數據;並且基於調變格式與標頭封包數據使用轉換單元126而將注視點位元平面數據轉換為調變平面。驅動控制器電路120可將調變平面127傳送到所述一或多個調變裝置130。接著,所述一或多個調變裝置130可基於標頭封包數據及每個對應的巨像素比率,使用光柵邏輯150透過解碼並且擴展每個調變平面,以將注視點圖像輸出到顯示器或顯示像素陣列。亦即,對於具有減少的解析度之注視點區,基於對應的巨像素比率而將相關多個巨像素的單一位元複製到顯示像素陣列144的線組,其中所述對應的巨像素比率關聯於每個區塊。In operation, the processor 110 is coupled to receive image data about the image and the gaze area. In particular, the processor 110 may receive image input data from the one or more input data sources 105; and tracking data from the tracking logic 107 based on the user's retina and/or head position in real time. Optionally, the processor 110 may be coupled to receive gaze point data from one of the input data sources 105. In response, the processor 110 may generate a gaze point image frame based on the image data, where the gaze point image frame includes header packet data indicating two or more concentric blocks of different resolutions, so that each block is Compression is defined by multiple megapixels and the corresponding megapixel ratio. The processor 110 may transmit the gaze point image frame to one or more modulation devices 130 having a raster logic 150, wherein the raster logic 150 is coupled to the display circuit 140 including the pixel array 144. For example, the gaze point image frame with header packet data can be transmitted to the drive controller circuit 120, and the drive controller circuit 120 uses the conversion unit 124 to generate gaze point bit plane data; and based on the modulation format and the header The packet data uses the conversion unit 126 to convert the gaze point bit plane data into a modulation plane. The driving controller circuit 120 can transmit the modulation plane 127 to the one or more modulation devices 130. Then, the one or more modulation devices 130 may use raster logic 150 to decode and expand each modulation plane based on the header packet data and each corresponding giant pixel ratio to output the gaze point image to the display Or display pixel array. That is, for a gaze area with a reduced resolution, a single bit of the related plurality of macro pixels is copied to the line group of the display pixel array 144 based on the corresponding macro pixel ratio, wherein the corresponding macro pixel ratio is associated In each block.

注視點顯示的系統與方法可包括一中心細部模式與一周邊細部模式。舉例來說,在一實施例中有四個注視點區(Z0~Z3),每個區

Figure 02_image001
塊可對應二次方之輸入像素在x與y上填補一顯示像素區2n x 2n (區塊Z0=1x1像素、區塊Z1=2x2像素、區塊Z2=4x4像素、區塊Z3=8x8像素)。 在一些實施例中,對於中心細部模式來說,區塊0在凝視中心係具有最高解析度,而其他同心區塊具有不同解析度。特別的是,區塊Z1圍繞區塊Z0且僅適用於區塊Z0之外的像素。區塊Z1的解析度低於區塊Z0的解析度。區塊Z2圍繞區塊Z1且具有的解析度低於區塊Z1的解析度。區塊Z3圍繞區塊Z2且具有的解析度低於區塊Z2的解析度。然而,對於周邊細部模式來說,區塊0仍係為最高解析度,但可以根據整體顯示器的長度與寬度而調整大小。區塊0當中的該些同心區塊具有的解析度低於區塊0的解析度。亦即,區塊Z1具有的解析度低於區塊Z0的解析度;區塊Z2具有的解析度低於區塊1的解析度;並且區塊Z3具有的解析度低於區塊Z2的解析度。注視點渲染模組112可根據其演算法判斷每個區塊的大小與位置,其中此演算法可包含總視場(total field-of-view)、光學系統失真(optical system distortion)、注視靈敏度(fovea acuity)、凝視追蹤器的公差/延遲( tolerance/latency of gaze tracker)、運動速率(rate of motion)等因素。可選地,所述一或多個輸入數據源105或追蹤邏輯可向處理器110提供每個區塊的大小與位置。周邊細部模式可能更適用於使用干涉光操縱的顯示器;因此不依循著凝視追蹤。因此根據本發明的注視點協定、方法及系統減少了數據帶寬。在中心細部模式中,當凝視(gaze)朝向顯示器的邊緣移動時,該些區塊的邊緣可對齊使得區塊Z0與邊緣的偏移量(offset)為0。The system and method for gaze point display may include a center detail mode and a peripheral detail mode. For example, in one embodiment, there are four fixation zones (Z0~Z3), and each zone
Figure 02_image001
Blocks can correspond to quadratic input pixels. Fill a display pixel area 2n x 2n on x and y (block Z0=1x1 pixel, block Z1=2x2 pixel, block Z2=4x4 pixel, block Z3=8x8 pixel ). In some embodiments, for the center detail mode, block 0 has the highest resolution in the gaze center, while other concentric blocks have different resolutions. In particular, the zone Z1 surrounds the zone Z0 and only applies to pixels outside the zone Z0. The resolution of the block Z1 is lower than the resolution of the block Z0. The block Z2 surrounds the block Z1 and has a resolution lower than that of the block Z1. The block Z3 surrounds the block Z2 and has a resolution lower than that of the block Z2. However, for the peripheral detail mode, block 0 is still the highest resolution, but the size can be adjusted according to the length and width of the overall display. The resolution of the concentric blocks in block 0 is lower than the resolution of block 0. That is, the resolution of block Z1 is lower than that of block Z0; the resolution of block Z2 is lower than that of block 1; and the resolution of block Z3 is lower than that of block Z2. degree. The fixation point rendering module 112 can determine the size and position of each block according to its algorithm, where the algorithm may include total field-of-view, optical system distortion, and gaze sensitivity (Fovea acuity), tolerance/latency of gaze tracker, rate of motion, etc. Optionally, the one or more input data sources 105 or tracking logic can provide the processor 110 with the size and location of each block. Peripheral detail mode may be more suitable for displays that use interference light manipulation; therefore, it does not follow gaze tracking. Therefore, the gaze point protocol, method and system according to the present invention reduce the data bandwidth. In the center detail mode, when the gaze moves toward the edge of the display, the edges of these blocks can be aligned so that the offset between the zone Z0 and the edge is 0.

有數種可能的操作模式:中心細部對(v.)周邊細部;區塊順序對(v.)光柵順序。在實施中心細部模式的至少一實施例中,使編號較低的區塊在編號較大的區塊之邊界外部延伸係為錯誤的。因此,如果區塊Z3與區塊Z2具有相同的大小與偏移量,則不會使用區塊Z3。最大區塊可與顯示器相同大小,因此其偏移量為零。然而,若顯示器支持部分顯示模式,則此最大區塊可小於顯示器並且一填充值(fill value)會被用於保持顯示器的其餘區塊。There are several possible modes of operation: center detail pair (v.) peripheral detail; block sequence pair (v.) raster sequence. In at least one embodiment implementing the central detail mode, it is wrong to extend the block with a lower number outside the boundary of the block with a larger number. Therefore, if the block Z3 and the block Z2 have the same size and offset, the block Z3 will not be used. The largest block can be the same size as the display, so its offset is zero. However, if the display supports a partial display mode, the maximum block can be smaller than the display and a fill value will be used to hold the remaining blocks of the display.

在周邊細部模式中,該些區塊的大小與位置可以係恆定,但不是必須的。在此所述的注視點協定可允許動態或靜態的大小及偏移量。使用周邊模式的應用可能無法使用區塊3的大型巨像素(large macropixels),但在此所述的概念與方法則可允許使用。然而,此能力取決於顯示裝置支持它的能力。如果區塊Z2或Z3具有的大小為0x0,則相同於區塊未使用。在實施周邊細部模式的至少一實施例中,使具有較高編號的區塊延伸到較低編號的區塊之外部係為錯誤的。In the peripheral detail mode, the size and position of these blocks can be constant, but it is not necessary. The fixation point protocol described here may allow dynamic or static size and offset. Applications that use the peripheral mode may not be able to use the large macropixels in block 3, but the concepts and methods described here are allowed. However, this capability depends on the capability of the display device to support it. If the size of the block Z2 or Z3 is 0x0, it is the same as the block unused. In at least one embodiment of implementing the peripheral detail mode, it is wrong to extend the block with a higher number to the outside of the block with a lower number.

在區塊順序模式中,每個區塊的數據將會在下一個區塊的數據前被完整地發送。若使用區塊順序模式,則區塊Z3的數據將會首先被發送;而區塊Z0的數據則為最後發送。每個區塊的數據依據光柵線順序而被發送:水平由左至右,然後垂直由上至下。如果光柵數據小於字元(words)的整數倍並且啟用了行填補(row padding),則會進行填補以填補最後一個字元;其中,每個光柵都起始於一字元邊界(word boundary)。對於跨越另一區塊的空白區的光柵,在該區塊各側的數據被包裝在一起。僅在每個光柵的末端添加填補。In the block sequential mode, the data of each block will be sent completely before the data of the next block. If the block sequential mode is used, the data of block Z3 will be sent first; and the data of block Z0 will be sent last. The data of each block is sent according to the raster line order: horizontally from left to right, and then vertically from top to bottom. If the raster data is less than an integer multiple of words and row padding is enabled, padding will be performed to fill the last character; where each raster starts at a word boundary . For a raster that spans the blank area of another block, the data on each side of the block is packed together. Only add padding at the end of each raster.

在光柵順序模式中,數據係透過線組來傳送(參照下文的詳細說明)。每個線組從區塊3數據開始,然後是區塊2數據的第一行。因此,每個區塊(Z1、Z0)的第一行被發送。取決於線組中的格式順序,在這些行之後係為每個區塊的連續之第二、第三等行。在每個光柵在顯示器行中往下移動時,數據行會被添加,且最高編號區塊的數據始終係為第一個。填補被添加在每個區塊數據的末端以成為整數的字元,因此每個新的行與數據區塊從一字元邊界起始。在每個線組末端的額外填補可能需要被添加以滿足顯示器的最小行時間要求。In raster sequential mode, data is transmitted through line groups (refer to the detailed description below). Each line group starts with block 3 data, and then the first row of block 2 data. Therefore, the first row of each block (Z1, Z0) is sent. Depending on the format sequence in the line group, these lines are the second and third consecutive lines of each block. As each raster moves down in the display row, the data row is added, and the data of the highest numbered block is always the first one. Padding is added at the end of each block of data to become integer characters, so each new row and data block starts from a character boundary. Additional padding at the end of each line group may need to be added to meet the minimum line time requirements of the display.

相較於區塊順序模式,光柵順序模式可提供較低的延遲及最小的平面儲存(plane storage)。區塊順序可能更易於實現並且使用較少的填補,但可能導致更多的緩衝區空間及延遲。舉例來說,若區塊Z0的區塊係位在顯示器的頂部,則直到接收到所有的區塊Z3、Z2、Z1後才能寫入第一行。即使這樣,區塊順序的實施可能無法跟上區塊Z0的數據率(data rate)。區塊順序的控制仍可使用尺寸大小及行時間(row-times)(參照下文)計算總時間以對顯示器進行寫入,但不會比這更接近地發送平面。若顯示器沒有用於區塊數據的雙緩衝區,則可能需要在平面間增加額外時間以防止重疊。Compared with the block sequential mode, the raster sequential mode can provide lower latency and minimal plane storage. Block order may be easier to implement and use less padding, but may result in more buffer space and delay. For example, if the block of block Z0 is located at the top of the display, the first row cannot be written until all blocks Z3, Z2, and Z1 are received. Even so, the implementation of the block sequence may not be able to keep up with the data rate of block Z0. The control of the block order can still use the size and row-times (see below) to calculate the total time to write to the display, but it will not be closer to the sending plane than this. If the display does not have double buffers for block data, it may be necessary to add extra time between the planes to prevent overlap.

控制數據格式以匹配顯示器的能力/限制的多個參數可包含:字元大小、x偏移量大小、線組大小、行時間及雙列驅動。字元大小係為隨著介面的每個時序傳輸的像素位元的數量(例如64訊號DDR匯流排會發送128位元的字元)。這可能是水平區塊側的粒度(granularity)。X-偏移量大小係為每個水平偏移最低有效位(LSB)的像素位元的數量,也稱為X偏移的步長(step-size)。 偏移量大小可以是字元大小的一半,以允許一區塊置中(centering)。線組大小代表可同時間寫入的最大行數。The multiple parameters that control the data format to match the capabilities/limitations of the display may include: character size, x-offset size, line group size, line time, and dual column drive. The character size is the number of pixel bits transmitted with each timing of the interface (for example, a 64-signal DDR bus will send 128-bit characters). This may be the granularity on the horizontal block side. The X-offset size is the number of pixel bits of the least significant bit (LSB) of each horizontal offset, which is also called the step-size of the X offset. The offset size can be half of the character size to allow a block to be centered. The line group size represents the maximum number of lines that can be written at the same time.

行時間參數代表每行的最小字元數量。也就是顯示器對一行或多行執行寫入所需的時序數量。僅跨越最高區塊(具有匹配的線組大小)的線組將只使用一個行時間來完成此線組。因此,若X-解析度需要較少的字元,則數據封包需要被填補。若線組跨越三個區塊,則將需要四個行時間來執行此線組的寫入。因此,若激活的數據係為較少字元,則數據封包需要被填補到行時間(字元數量)的四倍。每個區塊級的行時間可以是唯一的。對於較高的同時(high simultaneous)行計數,使用交錯的行脈衝可以實現此特徵。僅有區塊Z3數據的行時間可以大於區塊Z0數據的行時間。The line time parameter represents the minimum number of characters in each line. That is, the number of timings required for the display to perform writing on one or more rows. The line group that only spans the highest block (with matching line group size) will only use one line time to complete this line group. Therefore, if X-resolution requires fewer characters, the data packet needs to be filled. If the line group spans three blocks, four line times will be required to execute the writing of this line group. Therefore, if the activated data has fewer characters, the data packet needs to be filled to four times the line time (number of characters). The row time of each block level can be unique. For high simultaneous line counts, this feature can be achieved by using interleaved line pulses. The row time of only data in block Z3 can be greater than the row time of data in block Z0.

關於雙列驅動,此系統可以允許具有唯一數據的兩個行同時被寫入。此特徵具有兩個選項:1=半線組(該線組行的前半部分由第一組列驅動器驅動;這允許在一行組之內解決填補節省的之問題,但若相鄰線組中的各自僅使用一行時間(1 row time),則不允許相鄰線組節省時間), 2=偶數/奇數線組(偶數線組由第一組列驅動器驅動;在每個線組寫入一行時可減省時間,但需要在兩個線組上計算填補)。Regarding dual-column driving, this system can allow two rows with unique data to be written simultaneously. This feature has two options: 1=half line group (the first half of the line group is driven by the first group of column drivers; this allows the problem of filling savings to be solved within a line group, but if the line group in the adjacent line group Each uses only one row time (1 row time), and adjacent line groups are not allowed to save time), 2=even/odd line groups (even line groups are driven by the first group of column drivers; when each line group writes a row Can save time, but need to calculate filling on two line groups).

每個調變平面的格式可包含一標頭,此標頭包括:(a)所使用的模式、區塊數量;(b)在x與y上每個區塊的大小;(c)在x與y上每個區塊的偏移量;及(d)所使用的顯示器參數/限制。在標頭封包數據之後,可包括調變平面數據,所述數據可由錯誤偵測協定標記(error detection protocols markers)所終止。舉例來說,可將循環冗餘校驗(cyclic redundancy checking,CRC)等添加到發送至所述一或多個調變裝置130的數據。The format of each modulation plane can contain a header, which includes: (a) the mode used, the number of blocks; (b) the size of each block in x and y; (c) in x The offset from each block on y; and (d) the display parameters/limits used. After the header packet data, modulation plane data may be included, and the data may be terminated by error detection protocols markers. For example, cyclic redundancy checking (CRC) may be added to the data sent to the one or more modulation devices 130.

更具體來說,如圖1A所示,顯示器電路(如LCoS電路)107通常可通過形成在半導體材料上之電極而包含個別尋址(可控制)的像素元件(其中每個像素至少由部分的液晶材料或物質所形成)之陣列(X-Y)。陣列尺寸通常可視為注視點圖像114的解析度上限,而注視點圖像將有兩個或多個區塊,其中至少一區塊具有的解析度小於所顯示之圖像的最大解析度。陣列尺寸可例如是2048x2048、4096x4096或6144x6144像素元件。注視點區的大小可例如是:512x512(1x1)、1024x1024(2x2)、 1536x1536(3x3)、2048x2048(4x4)、3072x3072(6x6)等。對於這些注視點區大小示例的每一個,對應的巨像素陣列尺寸係為512x512。在本發明的一實施例中,像素的控制可包括控制傳播通過像素(例如透射及/或反射傳播)的電磁輻射(例如光)的振幅及/或延遲(如相位);因此可控制例如所顯示之注視點圖像146的性質。舉例來說,調變裝置電路130可經配置以接收電磁輻射(例如光,如雷射光)並且導致此電磁輻射的相位位移以產生所期望的結果。More specifically, as shown in FIG. 1A, a display circuit (such as an LCoS circuit) 107 can generally include individually addressable (controllable) pixel elements (where each pixel is at least partially formed by electrodes formed on a semiconductor material). An array (XY) formed by liquid crystal materials or substances. The array size can generally be regarded as the upper limit of the resolution of the gaze point image 114, and the gaze point image will have two or more blocks, and at least one block has a resolution less than the maximum resolution of the displayed image. The array size can be, for example, 2048x2048, 4096x4096 or 6144x6144 pixel elements. The size of the gaze area may be, for example, 512x512 (1x1), 1024x1024 (2x2), 1536x1536 (3x3), 2048x2048 (4x4), 3072x3072 (6x6), and so on. For each of these examples of the size of the fixation area, the corresponding macro pixel array size is 512×512. In an embodiment of the present invention, the control of the pixel may include controlling the amplitude and/or delay (such as phase) of electromagnetic radiation (such as light) propagating through the pixel (such as transmission and/or reflection propagation); The nature of the gaze point image 146 displayed. For example, the modulation device circuit 130 may be configured to receive electromagnetic radiation (eg, light, such as laser light) and cause a phase shift of this electromagnetic radiation to produce a desired result.

在一些實施例中,系統100可包括多個調變裝置130,其可生成例如彩色注視點圖像146或非彩色注視點圖像165(將參照圖1B更進一步詳述)。在此實施例中,每個調變裝置130可經配置以控制投影圖像的色彩飽和度,例如一系統包括三個調變裝置,以分別控制投影圖像146的紅、綠、藍(RGB)色彩飽和度。在其他實施例中,例如可使用單一個調變裝置生成單色投影圖像或彩色順序圖像。每個像素的飽和度級別(levels)數量可例如基於注視點圖像所定義的級別數量,並且可以二進制形式表達。舉例來說,6位元圖像數據集可具有每個像素每個顏色(per pixel per color)26 = 64的級別。In some embodiments, the system 100 may include a plurality of modulation devices 130, which may generate, for example, a color gaze point image 146 or an achromatic gaze point image 165 (which will be described in further detail with reference to FIG. 1B). In this embodiment, each modulation device 130 can be configured to control the color saturation of the projected image. For example, a system includes three modulation devices to control the red, green, and blue (RGB) of the projected image 146, respectively. ) Color saturation. In other embodiments, for example, a single modulation device may be used to generate a monochrome projection image or a color sequential image. The number of saturation levels for each pixel may be based on the number of levels defined by the gaze point image, and may be expressed in binary form, for example. For example, a 6-bit image data set may have a level of 26=64 per pixel per color.

注視點圖像幀103的每個區塊的每個解析度可由唯一(unique)的巨像素所定義。在此所述的一個「巨像素」通常意指兩個或多個像素/實體像素的一群組,其係由調變裝置電路130相同地控制以產生具有一定義的解析度的圖像之一部份。舉例來說,若第一區塊Z0定義為具有調變裝置電路130的最高解析度之區塊,則第一區塊Z0的巨像素可以定義為1x1(在x與y上均為一比一的對應關係),其意指注視點圖像幀103的第一區塊Z0的每個像素對應於調變裝置電路130的單一實體像素。若第二區塊Z1係定義為具有一解析度,該解析度係為第一區塊Z0的解析度的四分之一(在x與y上均為一比二的對應關係),則第二區塊Z1的巨像素可定義為2x2,其意指減少解析度的第二區塊 Z1的一巨像素對應於調變裝置電路106的四個實體像素(2個實體像素x2個實體像素),其餘定義的區塊可依此類推。有利的是,由於所編碼的注視點圖像幀103包括多個較低解析度區塊,因此注視點圖像幀103的整體數據大小將會實質地小於全解析度圖像幀的整體數據大小。因此,除了減少用於儲存注視點圖像幀數據的記憶體/緩衝大小之外,在處理器電路110與驅動控制器電路130之間的通訊介面所需的帶寬也減少。Each resolution of each block of the fixation point image frame 103 can be defined by a unique (unique) giant pixel. A "macro pixel" as used herein generally refers to a group of two or more pixels/physical pixels, which are controlled by the modulation device circuit 130 to generate an image with a defined resolution. a part. For example, if the first block Z0 is defined as the block with the highest resolution of the modulation device circuit 130, the megapixels in the first block Z0 can be defined as 1x1 (both one to one on x and y) The corresponding relationship), which means that each pixel of the first block Z0 of the gaze point image frame 103 corresponds to a single physical pixel of the modulation device circuit 130. If the second zone Z1 is defined as having a resolution, the resolution is one-fourth of the resolution of the first zone Z0 (the correspondence between x and y is one to two), then The megapixels in the second zone Z1 can be defined as 2x2, which means that one megapixel in the second zone Z1 with reduced resolution corresponds to four physical pixels (2 physical pixels x 2 physical pixels) of the modulation device circuit 106 , The rest of the defined blocks can be deduced by analogy. Advantageously, since the coded gaze point image frame 103 includes a plurality of lower resolution blocks, the overall data size of the gaze point image frame 103 will be substantially smaller than the overall data size of the full-resolution image frame . Therefore, in addition to reducing the size of the memory/buffer for storing the gaze point image frame data, the bandwidth required for the communication interface between the processor circuit 110 and the drive controller circuit 130 is also reduced.

驅動控制器電路130通常經配置以從處理器電路110接收注視點圖像幀數據103並且使用轉換單元124而產生注視點位元平面數據。在此所使用的位元平面數據可包含標頭資訊(相似於注視點圖像幀103中的標頭資訊)、每個注視點區塊中巨像素的二進制值的陣列(以控制對應顯示像素的電極)、及/或巨像素數據間的填補數據,以下將更進一步詳述。在一些實施例中,每個幀係順序性地產生多個位元平面。該些位元平面的該些二進制值可透過例如由驅動控制器120載入的功能所控制的脈衝寬度調變(PWM)及/或脈衝頻率調變技術而生成。二進制值的一系列係基於注視點圖像幀103的每個像素的飽和度值以及所選定的調變技術。所產生的位元平面係為二進制值的陣列,每個二進制值對應一像素或一巨像素。在本注視點顯示系統及方法的一實施例中,每個二進制值對應於調變裝置電路130的一實體像素。可選地, 每個二進制值對應於一巨像素,其控制由巨像素大小所定義的調變裝置電路130中實體像素的收集。有利的是,對於在此所述的注視點顯示系統與方法來說,驅動控制器電路120與調變裝置電路130之間通訊介面的帶寬與數據流通量需求可實質降低。在一些實施例中,驅動控制器電路120可產生一標頭具有一或多個定義區以定義注視點區的大小/位置、巨像素大小等。此標頭可形成為多個調變平面的每個幀/子幀集或每個調變平面的第一個調變平面的第一行或多行。The drive controller circuit 130 is generally configured to receive the gaze point image frame data 103 from the processor circuit 110 and use the conversion unit 124 to generate gaze point bit plane data. The bit-plane data used here can include header information (similar to the header information in the gaze point image frame 103), an array of binary values of the macro pixels in each gaze point block (to control the corresponding display pixel The padding data between the giant pixel data) and/or the giant pixel data will be described in further detail below. In some embodiments, each frame system sequentially generates multiple bit planes. The binary values of the bit planes can be generated by, for example, pulse width modulation (PWM) and/or pulse frequency modulation techniques controlled by functions loaded by the drive controller 120. The series of binary values is based on the saturation value of each pixel of the gaze point image frame 103 and the selected modulation technique. The generated bit plane is an array of binary values, and each binary value corresponds to a pixel or a giant pixel. In an embodiment of the gaze point display system and method, each binary value corresponds to a physical pixel of the modulation device circuit 130. Optionally, each binary value corresponds to a macro pixel, which controls the collection of physical pixels in the modulation device circuit 130 defined by the size of the macro pixel. Advantageously, for the gaze point display system and method described herein, the bandwidth and data throughput requirements of the communication interface between the drive controller circuit 120 and the modulation device circuit 130 can be substantially reduced. In some embodiments, the drive controller circuit 120 may generate a header with one or more defined areas to define the size/position of the fixation point area, the size of the macro pixel, etc. This header may be formed as the first line or multiple lines of each frame/subframe set of multiple modulation planes or the first modulation plane of each modulation plane.

一般來說,此標頭封包數據定義多個區塊的數量及每個區塊的大小與位置。關於偏移(offsets),在一些實施例中,最後一個區塊可以與顯示器具有相同大小。在這些情況下,此區塊及其位置並不存在偏移(相對於原點的偏移,如左上角(upper-left,UL)將會是(0, 0)。在一些實施例中,最大區塊可以小於整個顯示器,因此可允許該些偏移為非零。在這樣的實施例中,顯示器邏輯可用預定值填充周圍的像素。以下示出示例性的標頭,其中水平大小( H-Sizes)係為水平步長(H-step-size)的倍數(H-Size也可以是字元大小(Word Size)的倍數,其中H-step-size小於或等於Word Size;請詳見以下的定義),水平偏移(H-Offsets)係為H-step-size的倍數,垂直大小(V-sizes)與偏移係為線組大小的倍數(通常為四個顯示行),所有偏移相對於顯示器原點(如左上角),並且H-mpix與V-mpix係為該區塊在水平與垂直方向上的巨像素之大小(如果需要,可使用非正方形的巨像素)。 所有欄位(fields)皆以顯示裝置像素為單位:

Figure 108128548-A0304-0001
Generally speaking, this header packet data defines the number of multiple blocks and the size and location of each block. Regarding offsets, in some embodiments, the last block may have the same size as the display. In these cases, there is no offset between this block and its position (the offset relative to the origin, such as the upper-left (UL) will be (0, 0). In some embodiments, The largest block can be smaller than the entire display, so these offsets can be allowed to be non-zero. In such an embodiment, the display logic can fill the surrounding pixels with a predetermined value. The following shows an exemplary header, where the horizontal size (H -Sizes is a multiple of H-step-size (H-Size can also be a multiple of Word Size, where H-step-size is less than or equal to Word Size; please see below for details The horizontal offset (H-Offsets) is a multiple of H-step-size, and the vertical size (V-sizes) and offset are multiples of the line group size (usually four display lines). The shift is relative to the origin of the display (such as the upper left corner), and H-mpix and V-mpix are the size of the megapixels in the horizontal and vertical directions of the block (non-square megapixels can be used if necessary). All The fields are all in pixels of the display device:
Figure 108128548-A0304-0001

特別的是,顯示驅動控制器120用以將數據傳輸到顯示器146。數據以字元為單位傳輸,其中一字元係為一個時序中傳輸數據匯流排的塊大小(block size)[例如一32位元DDR匯流排可具有64位元的塊或字元大小 (Wsize=64)]。每個字元係為來自一區塊的位元水平線;在同一行中,它們均具有相同解析度。於驅動器與顯示裝置所支援的內容,可以不同順序或格式傳輸該數據。因此,在一些實施例中,為了定義用於創建幀或平面的格式,標頭也可以包含以下欄位(fields):

Figure 108128548-A0304-0002
In particular, the display driving controller 120 is used to transmit data to the display 146. Data is transmitted in units of characters, one of which is the block size of the data bus in a time sequence (for example, a 32-bit DDR bus can have a 64-bit block or character size (Wsize) =64)]. Each character is a horizontal line of bits from a block; in the same row, they all have the same resolution. For the content supported by the driver and the display device, the data can be transmitted in different sequences or formats. Therefore, in some embodiments, in order to define the format used to create a frame or plane, the header may also contain the following fields:
Figure 108128548-A0304-0002

注視點顯示系統的示例性配置可包含一注視點圖像,該注視點圖像具有三個區塊且每個調變平面為640K位元,覆蓋四兆像素的顯示器,以下表格表示相關的標頭封包數據。

Figure 108128548-A0304-0003
Figure 108128548-A0304-0004
An exemplary configuration of the gaze point display system may include a gaze point image, the gaze point image has three blocks and each modulation plane is 640K bits, covering a four-megapixel display. The following table shows the relevant standards. Header packet data.
Figure 108128548-A0304-0003
Figure 108128548-A0304-0004

以下表示通過圖像中間的一線組,其跨越所有的三個區塊。如下所示,存在區塊Z2的一行,包含右段數據與左段數據(Z2A與Z2B),每段具有四個字元(每個字元為128位元)。此外,存在區塊Z1的兩個行,其每行包含兩字元的右段與左段(Z1Ar1、Z1Ar2、Z1Br1、 Z1Br2)。進一步地,存在區塊Z0數據的四個行(Z0r1、Z0r2、Z0r3、Z0r4)。

Figure 108128548-A0304-0005
The following shows a line group passing through the middle of the image, which spans all three blocks. As shown below, there is a row of block Z2, which contains right segment data and left segment data (Z2A and Z2B), each segment has four characters (each character is 128 bits). In addition, there are two rows of block Z1, each of which contains two-character right and left segments (Z1Ar1, Z1Ar2, Z1Br1, Z1Br2). Further, there are four rows (Z0r1, Z0r2, Z0r3, and Z0r4) of the block Z0 data.
Figure 108128548-A0304-0005

因此,上述線組可按以下順序傳輸總共22個字元:

Figure 108128548-A0304-0006
Therefore, the above line group can transmit a total of 22 characters in the following order:
Figure 108128548-A0304-0006

在第二範例中,顯示一線組,其表示通過區塊2與3的數據。如下所示,存在區塊Z2的一行,其包含右段與左段數據(Z2A與Z2B),每段具有四個字元(每個字元為128位元)。此外,存在八個字元的區塊Z1(Z1r1、Z1r2)的兩個行。

Figure 108128548-A0304-0007
In the second example, a line group is displayed, which represents data passing through blocks 2 and 3. As shown below, there is a row of block Z2, which contains the right and left data (Z2A and Z2B), and each segment has four characters (each character is 128 bits). In addition, there are two rows of the eight-character block Z1 (Z1r1, Z1r2).
Figure 108128548-A0304-0007

因此,此第二範例的上述線組可按以下順序傳輸總共10個字元:

Figure 108128548-A0304-0008
Therefore, the above line group of this second example can transmit a total of 10 characters in the following order:
Figure 108128548-A0304-0008

在第三範例中,顯示一線組,其表示僅通過區塊3的數據。如下所示,存在區塊 Z2(Z2r1)的一行,每行具有十六個字元(每個字元為128位元)。

Figure 108128548-A0304-0009
In the third example, a line group is displayed, which means that only data passing through block 3 is displayed. As shown below, there is a row of block Z2 (Z2r1), each row has sixteen characters (each character is 128 bits).
Figure 108128548-A0304-0009

因此,此第二範例的上述線組可按以下順序傳輸總共5個字元:

Figure 108128548-A0304-0010
Therefore, the above line group of this second example can transmit a total of 5 characters in the following order:
Figure 108128548-A0304-0010

關於顯示的實現,為了滿足低解析度的區塊2的行時序,需要同時寫入所有的四個行。該些列驅動器連接四個連續的行,然後同時落實所有四個行的選通脈衝(strobes)。因為該些列驅動器為每行提供唯一的數據,當寫入區塊0數據時這四個行的選通脈衝分別地落實。Regarding the realization of the display, in order to meet the row timing of the low-resolution block 2, all four rows need to be written at the same time. These column drivers connect four consecutive rows and then simultaneously execute strobes for all four rows. Because these column drivers provide unique data for each row, the strobe pulses of these four rows are implemented separately when the block 0 data is written.

在一些顯示器中,當僅為區塊2寫入數據時,LSS=4, Vmpix=4且Hmpix=4,大巨像素減少數據帶寬,以致於可以添加相同的填補量以符合最小行時序。這些顯示器可透過使用MD=2ps的多驅動架構解決此問題;數據被緩衝八行;有2x 個高解析度(Hres)的列驅動器。前4個行連接到同一個列驅動器;第二組的4個行連接到不同的列驅動器;第三組的該些行連接到與第一個相同的列驅動器,依此類推。這允許該八個行被一起寫入並且提供2x的數據時間應用於一行的寫入時間。在上述範例1中,若LSS=4、MD=2ps且n=8,則在任何情況下都不需要任何的填補字元。In some displays, when only data is written to block 2, LSS=4, Vmpix=4, and Hmpix=4, and the huge pixels reduce the data bandwidth so that the same amount of padding can be added to meet the minimum line timing. These displays can solve this problem by using a multi-drive architecture with MD=2ps; data is buffered for eight rows; there are 2x high-resolution (Hres) column drivers. The first 4 rows are connected to the same column driver; the 4 rows of the second group are connected to different column drivers; the rows of the third group are connected to the same column drivers as the first, and so on. This allows the eight rows to be written together and provides 2x the data time applied to the writing time of one row. In the above example 1, if LSS=4, MD=2ps and n=8, no padding characters are required under any circumstances.

應當理解的是示例性操作環境100的組件是為示例性的,並且在各種配置中可以存在更多或更少的組件。應當理解操作環境可以是分佈式的運算環境、雲端運算環境、客戶端服務器環境等的一部分。It should be understood that the components of the exemplary operating environment 100 are exemplary, and there may be more or fewer components in various configurations. It should be understood that the operating environment may be a part of a distributed computing environment, a cloud computing environment, a client server environment, and so on.

請參照圖1B,其根據一些實施例繪示具有灰階裝置電路的注視點電磁輻射調變的系統示意圖。類似於圖1A的注視點電磁輻射調變系統100,圖1B的注視點顯示系統160可包括處理器110、灰階裝置電路162及顯示器165。處理器電路110具有區塊定義模組111、注視點渲染模組112、注視點圖像記憶體114及圖像協定編碼模組115,處理器電路110通常用以接收來自一或多個輸入數據源105的輸入以產生注視點圖像幀 103,注視點圖像幀 103具有標頭封包數據定義兩個或多個不同解析度的同心區塊,其中每個區塊被壓縮而被多個巨像素及對應的巨像素比率定義。 在一些實施例中,來自一或多個輸入數據源105的輸入包括一或多個圖像與相關的注視點區塊數據。在一些實施例中,處理器110可被包含在主機電腦中(圖中未示),從而所述主機電腦將注視點圖像幀103傳送到灰階裝置電路162關聯於顯示器165。灰階裝置電路162可包括圖像協定解碼邏輯163、顯示器電路170、光柵邏輯180及記憶體 164。顯示器電路170可包括控制單元172與像素陣列174;而光柵邏輯180可包含線組收集邏輯182、直接寫入邏輯184、行緩衝器186及行對列188。當然,應當理解的是灰階裝置電路162及/或處理器電路110也可包含其他習知及/或專用的電路及/或邏輯結構,例如包含幀緩衝記憶體/快取、時序電路、垂直/水平掃描線電路、處理器電路等。儲存在記憶體114的注視點圖像(例如注視點圖像或直視注視點圖像)輸出到顯示器165或者是在顯示器165上渲染,注視點圖像可包括多個解析度區塊Z0、Z1、Z2、Z3、 … ZN,其中每個區塊具有不同解析度。舉例來說,誠如所示,可使用中心細部模式生成該些區塊,其中具有最高解析度的區塊Z0追蹤使用者的凝視方向,並且其他區塊(Z1、Z2、Z3、…ZN)的解析度較低於區塊Z0的解析度,使得每個區塊的解析度從使用者的凝視點開始按降序而下降。Please refer to FIG. 1B, which illustrates a system schematic diagram of a fixation point electromagnetic radiation modulation with a grayscale device circuit according to some embodiments. Similar to the gaze point electromagnetic radiation modulation system 100 of FIG. 1A, the gaze point display system 160 of FIG. 1B may include a processor 110, a grayscale device circuit 162 and a display 165. The processor circuit 110 has a block definition module 111, a gaze point rendering module 112, a gaze point image memory 114, and an image protocol encoding module 115. The processor circuit 110 is generally used to receive one or more input data The input of the source 105 is used to generate a gaze point image frame 103. The gaze point image frame 103 has a header packet data defining two or more concentric blocks of different resolutions, where each block is compressed to be multiple giants. Definition of pixel and corresponding megapixel ratio. In some embodiments, the input from one or more input data sources 105 includes one or more images and associated gaze block data. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may be included in a host computer (not shown in the figure), so that the host computer transmits the gaze point image frame 103 to the grayscale device circuit 162 to be associated with the display 165. The grayscale device circuit 162 may include image protocol decoding logic 163, display circuit 170, raster logic 180, and memory 164. The display circuit 170 may include a control unit 172 and a pixel array 174; and the raster logic 180 may include a line group collection logic 182, a direct write logic 184, a row buffer 186, and a row-to-column 188. Of course, it should be understood that the grayscale device circuit 162 and/or the processor circuit 110 may also include other conventional and/or dedicated circuits and/or logical structures, such as frame buffer memory/cache, sequential circuits, vertical /Horizontal scan line circuit, processor circuit, etc. The gaze point image (such as the gaze point image or the direct gaze point image) stored in the memory 114 is output to the display 165 or rendered on the display 165. The gaze point image may include multiple resolution blocks Z0, Z1 , Z2, Z3,… ZN, where each block has a different resolution. For example, as shown, these blocks can be generated using the center detail mode, where the block Z0 with the highest resolution tracks the user's gaze direction, and the other blocks (Z1, Z2, Z3,...ZN) The resolution of is lower than that of block Z0, so that the resolution of each block decreases in descending order from the user’s gaze point.

圖3A與圖3B的方法將對線組收集電路182進行詳述以作為從區塊緩衝數據或即時從接收到的光柵順序數據的記憶體讀取之一部份。在一些實施例中,顯示裝置可提供直接寫入邏輯184以能夠寫入與一區塊對應的行之一部分,而不會影響該行的其他部分。此特徵允許按照區塊順序直接寫入每個區塊,而不必從線組中的不同區塊收集巨像素數據。然而,使用多行寫入時間以對該行的所有部分執行寫入可能係為本實施例的限制因素。The method of FIGS. 3A and 3B will detail the line group collection circuit 182 as a part of the memory read from the block buffered data or the received raster sequence data in real time. In some embodiments, the display device may provide direct write logic 184 to be able to write a part of a row corresponding to a block without affecting other parts of the row. This feature allows to write each block directly in block order without having to collect giant pixel data from different blocks in the line group. However, using the multi-line writing time to perform writing on all parts of the row may be the limiting factor of this embodiment.

圖2A係根據一些實施例所繪示的注視點顯示的方法200的方法流程圖。在一些實施例中,所述的注視點顯示方法與協定包含在步驟210中的接收關聯於生成注視點區塊定義的眼球追蹤數據。舉例來說,處理器可基於實時的使用者視網膜及/或頭部位置來接收圖像輸入數據及追蹤數據。作為響應,所述方法可進一步包含基於圖像數據及參數來產生渲染的注視點圖像,其中所述參數根據注視點渲染技術定義注視點區塊(於步驟215中),其中所述渲染的注視點圖像包含巨像素圖像數據,其對應兩個或多個不同解析度的同心區塊及對應的巨像素比率。作為響應,所述方法可進一步包含基於所述渲染的注視點圖像與協定選定參數而產生注視點圖像幀(於步驟220中),其中所述的注視點圖像幀包括標頭封包數據,其標示兩個或多個不同解析度的同心區塊,從而每個區塊由多個巨像素與對應的巨像素比率所定義。FIG. 2A is a method flowchart of a method 200 for gaze point display according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, the method and protocol for displaying gaze points includes receiving in step 210 eye tracking data associated with generating gaze point block definitions. For example, the processor may receive image input data and tracking data based on real-time user retina and/or head position. In response, the method may further include generating a rendered gaze point image based on the image data and parameters, wherein the parameter defines a gaze point block (in step 215) according to the gaze point rendering technology, wherein the rendered The fixation point image includes macro-pixel image data, which corresponds to two or more concentric blocks with different resolutions and corresponding macro-pixel ratios. In response, the method may further include generating a gaze point image frame (in step 220) based on the rendered gaze point image and the agreement selected parameters, wherein the gaze point image frame includes header packet data , Which indicates two or more concentric blocks with different resolutions, so that each block is defined by the ratio of multiple macro pixels to the corresponding macro pixels.

圖2B係依據一些實施例所繪示由圖1A的驅動控制器電路120生成注視點調變平面的方法230的方法流程圖。在步驟233中,根據由標頭參數所選定的區塊或線組,將注視點圖像幀解碼為不同區塊、行及列的標頭與巨像素數據(例如有效的巨像素數據)的多個控制參數。作為響應,此方法可更包含在步驟235中處理此圖像像素數據以將像素數據轉換為與顯示器相容或更相容的格式,這可能涉及抖動(dithering)、縮放/衰減及/或分割為多個位元平面,並且選擇性地將結果儲存在記憶體中。作為響應,在步驟240中,此系統可根據一調變格式從記憶體中讀取數據以產生一調變平面。作為響應,在步驟244中,可根據一選定的平面協定而將此調變平面數據編碼為帶有標頭數據的一調變平面格式/協定,並且將此結果傳輸到一或多個調變裝置。作為響應,作為循環操作248,此方法判斷此調變格式是否完成,此方法會重複執行步驟240與244直至注視點圖像幀的完成,然後將會等待下一個圖像幀的開始,以再次從步驟233開始執行。FIG. 2B is a flowchart of a method 230 for generating a gaze point modulation plane by the drive controller circuit 120 of FIG. 1A according to some embodiments. In step 233, according to the block or line group selected by the header parameters, the gaze point image frame is decoded into different blocks, rows and columns of headers and macro pixel data (such as effective macro pixel data). Multiple control parameters. In response, the method may further include processing the image pixel data in step 235 to convert the pixel data into a format compatible or more compatible with the display, which may involve dithering, scaling/attenuation, and/or segmentation. For multiple bit planes, and selectively store the results in memory. In response, in step 240, the system can read data from the memory according to a modulation format to generate a modulation plane. In response, in step 244, the modulation plane data can be encoded into a modulation plane format/protocol with header data according to a selected plane protocol, and the result can be transmitted to one or more modulation planes. Device. In response, as a loop operation 248, this method determines whether the modulation format is complete. This method will repeat steps 240 and 244 until the fixation point image frame is completed, and then it will wait for the start of the next image frame to start again. Start execution from step 233.

圖2C係依據一些實施例所繪示的在圖1A的注視點調變顯示裝置130中將注視點調變平面數據寫入顯示像素陣列的方法或程序的流程示意圖250。在步驟252中,此方法可包含從調變平面解析標頭封包數據並且辨識此注視點區資訊。作為響應,根據步驟254,此方法可將此數據寫入記憶體258或直接處理此數據以將其寫入像素陣列。根據步驟260,此方法可更包含位址管理(address management)功能,使用注視點區參數以判斷對應的線組巨像素數據的大小與順序,這可包含填補。作為響應,步驟264可透過讀取記憶體262收集巨像素數據或者直接輸入數據,據以根據對應的巨像素比率及區塊偏移而對巨像素數據進行擴展與組合成為行緩衝的顯示數據(如圖4),並且傳送到一行對列(row queue)用於寫入該像素陣列,其可根據對應的巨像素比率而同時地將相同數據寫入一或多行。進一步地,在步驟268中,此方法可包含推進控制計數器(control counters)與索引(indexes for)下一個線組。作為循環操作,此方法可包含重複執行步驟260、264及268直至在步驟269中調變平面的每個線組被寫入像素陣列。2C is a schematic flow diagram 250 of a method or procedure for writing gaze point modulation plane data into a display pixel array in the gaze point modulation display device 130 of FIG. 1A according to some embodiments. In step 252, the method may include parsing the header packet data from the modulation plane and identifying the gaze area information. In response, according to step 254, the method can write the data into the memory 258 or directly process the data to write it into the pixel array. According to step 260, the method may further include an address management function, using the fixation area parameter to determine the size and sequence of the corresponding line group macro pixel data, which may include padding. In response, step 264 can collect macro pixel data by reading the memory 262 or directly input the data, according to which the macro pixel data is expanded and combined into line buffered display data according to the corresponding macro pixel ratio and block offset ( As shown in Figure 4), and transferred to a row queue for writing to the pixel array, which can simultaneously write the same data into one or more rows according to the corresponding macro pixel ratio. Further, in step 268, the method may include advancing control counters and indexes for the next line group. As a loop operation, this method may include repeating steps 260, 264, and 268 until each line group of the modulation plane is written into the pixel array in step 269.

圖2D係依據一些實施例所繪示的將注視點圖像幀數據寫入圖1B的注視點灰階顯示裝置162的顯示像素陣列的方法或程序的流程示意圖270。在步驟274中,此方法可包含從注視點圖像幀解析標頭封包數據,並且辨識注視點區資訊及有效的巨像素數據。作為響應,根據步驟276,此方法可將數據寫入記憶體278或直接處理此數據以寫入像素陣列。此方法可進一步依據步驟280包含位址管理功能,其使用注視點區參數以判斷對應線組巨像素數據的大小與順序,這可包含填補。作為響應,步驟 284可透過讀取記憶體282收集巨像素數據或直接輸入數據,以根據對應的巨像素比率及區塊偏移而將巨像素數據擴展並組合為一行緩衝的顯示像素數據(如圖4),並且傳送到一行對列用於寫入該像素陣列,可根據對應的巨像素比率同時地將相同數據寫入一或多行。進一步地在步驟290中,此方法可包含推進控制計數及索引下一個線組或下一子幀。作為循環操作,此方法可包含重複執行步驟280、284及290直到在步驟295中此圖像幀的每個線組均已被寫入像素陣列。FIG. 2D is a schematic flow diagram 270 of a method or procedure for writing gaze point image frame data into the display pixel array of the gaze point grayscale display device 162 of FIG. 1B according to some embodiments. In step 274, the method may include parsing the header packet data from the gaze point image frame, and identifying the gaze area information and valid macro pixel data. In response, according to step 276, the method can write data to the memory 278 or directly process the data to write the pixel array. This method may further include an address management function according to step 280, which uses the gaze area parameter to determine the size and sequence of the corresponding line group macro pixel data, which may include padding. In response, step 284 can collect macro pixel data by reading the memory 282 or directly input the data to expand and combine the macro pixel data into a row of buffered display pixel data according to the corresponding macro pixel ratio and block offset. Figure 4), and transferred to row to column for writing to the pixel array, the same data can be written into one or more rows at the same time according to the corresponding macro pixel ratio. Further in step 290, the method may include advancing the control count and indexing the next line group or the next subframe. As a loop operation, the method may include repeating steps 280, 284, and 290 until each line group of the image frame has been written into the pixel array in step 295.

圖3A係依據一些實施例所繪示的在中心細部模式操作中將注視點數據的調變平面寫入圖1A的注視點調變顯示裝置130的像素陣列的方法或過程的流程示意圖,其中存在四個區塊。一般來說,操作300包括在顯示裝置上進行解碼及以中心細部(Z0位於中心)對所傳入的調變平面進行操作的過程。特別地,流程圖300繪示具有四個區塊注視點圖像的中心細部之調變平面狀態圖的操作。例如,此四個區塊的每一個使用一正方形巨像素,其大小等於該區塊的二的次方數(如區塊3 mpix size為23 =8或8x8)。3A is a schematic flowchart of a method or process of writing a modulation plane of gaze point data into the pixel array of the gaze point modulated display device 130 of FIG. 1A in the center detail mode operation according to some embodiments, where there is Four blocks. Generally speaking, the operation 300 includes a process of performing decoding on the display device and operating the incoming modulation plane with the center detail (Z0 in the center). In particular, the flowchart 300 illustrates the operation of the modulation plane state diagram with the center detail of the four-block fixation point image. For example, each of the four blocks uses a square megapixel whose size is equal to the power of two of the block (for example, the block 3 mpix size is 2 3 =8 or 8x8).

在一些實施例中,方法300用於將注視點數據的調變平面寫入注視點顯示裝置的像素陣列可包含在步驟301中解析標頭封包數據以偵測區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、行時間、字元大小及x偏移大小。舉例來說,所述一或多個調變裝置130可等待此調變平面被發送以解析標頭封包數據。可使用選通(strobe)或數據簽章(data signature)來表示一個新的標頭封包數據/調變平面的開始.In some embodiments, the method 300 for writing the modulation plane of the gaze point data into the pixel array of the gaze point display device may include parsing the header packet data in step 301 to detect the number of blocks, the size of the horizontal block, Line group size, line time, character size and x offset size. For example, the one or more modulation devices 130 may wait for the modulation plane to be sent to parse the header packet data. You can use strobe or data signature to indicate the start of a new header packet data/modulation plane.

在本發明之一實施例中,平面解碼邏輯133可擷取所有的標頭欄位以控制當前調變平面的多個模式及參數。這些可以在以下的決策步驟中使用。In an embodiment of the present invention, the plane decoding logic 133 can retrieve all header fields to control multiple modes and parameters of the current modulation plane. These can be used in the following decision-making steps.

將注視點數據的調變平面寫入注視點顯示裝置的像素陣列的此方法也可包含在決策步驟302中偵測傳輸模式觸發位元是否被設定以啟用一光柵順序模式。若有光柵順序模式調變平面,則通過初始化計數器/索引而由第一行開始,以預定的數據順序來處理所傳入的數據作為線組(在步驟310)。響應於未偵測到有光柵順序模式,此方法可在步驟304中繼續進行到區塊順序模式分支。在這個階段,兩個獨立的流程開始以處理寫入(380)及讀取(306)區塊緩衝(zone buffers)。應該注意的是所述的讀取側將會延遲直到寫入序列接近結束或是寫入序列結束後,以便當需要進行讀取時,區塊Z0(具有最後的區塊 0)的數據已準備完成(將參照圖5的時序示意圖500進行描述)。緩衝讀取時間通常可比緩衝寫入時間還要長,這是因為任何所需的填補時間加入到用於陣列寫入的大型巨像素線組。在區塊順序模式中,此方法可包含將所傳入的數據之對應區塊數據寫入對應的區塊緩衝{Z(n-1)、…、Z3、Z2、Z1、Z0} (在步驟380~388中),並且在步驟306中等待一預定時間的讀取延遲。The method of writing the modulation plane of the gaze point data into the pixel array of the gaze point display device may also include detecting whether the transmission mode trigger bit is set to enable a raster sequential mode in the decision step 302. If there is a raster sequence mode modulation plane, start from the first line by initializing the counter/index, and process the incoming data as a line group in a predetermined data sequence (at step 310). In response to not detecting that there is a raster sequential mode, the method can continue to branch to the block sequential mode in step 304. At this stage, two separate processes begin to handle writing (380) and reading (306) zone buffers. It should be noted that the read side will be delayed until the end of the write sequence or after the end of the write sequence, so that when a read is required, the data of block Z0 (with the last block 0) is ready Complete (described with reference to the timing diagram 500 of FIG. 5). The buffer read time can usually be longer than the buffer write time because any required padding time is added to the large group of giant pixel lines used for array writing. In the block sequence mode, this method can include writing the corresponding block data of the incoming data into the corresponding block buffer {Z(n-1),..., Z3, Z2, Z1, Z0} (in step 380~388), and wait for a predetermined time of reading delay in step 306.

在步驟306的讀取延遲結束時,此方法可包含切換一讀取指標(read pointer)對應於每個各別的區塊緩衝 ,並且開始一讀取數據流以匹配光柵順序所需的順序(將線組寫入此陣列)。由於內部緩衝讀取路徑不是受到IO帶寬限制,部分的裝置可優化區塊順序模式中的時序,可透過更寬廣及/或更快速的匯流排來讀取區塊Z0數據,以匹配最小行寫入時序以補償加入到大型巨像素線組的填補時序。因此,相較於光柵順序,區塊順序的陣列寫入線組的時序不同。由於填補數據的需求已消除,此步驟使得區塊順序調變平面的寫入速度比光柵順序更加快速。At the end of the read delay in step 306, the method may include switching a read pointer corresponding to each respective block buffer, and starting a read data stream to match the order required by the raster order ( Write the line group to this array). Since the internal buffer read path is not limited by the IO bandwidth, some devices can optimize the timing in the block sequence mode, and can read block Z0 data through a wider and/or faster bus to match the smallest row write Input timing to compensate for the filling timing added to the large giant pixel line group. Therefore, compared with the raster sequence, the sequence of the array write line group in the block sequence is different. Since the need for filling data has been eliminated, this step makes the writing speed of the block sequential modulation plane faster than the raster sequence.

在讀取延遲結束時及響應於偵測到光柵順序模式,此方法可包含在步驟310中辨識數據線組的第一行。行與線組的計數會持續追蹤顯示器上與每個區塊的大小與位置有相關的對應位置,以得知當前的線組是否與每一區塊交叉或相交。部分的顯示器可提供一功能,此功能係將調變平面的大小定義為小於整體顯示器的大小,然後以一偏移量將此調變平面的主動數據放置在顯示區域中。此初始化步驟310將會考量這樣的偏移。At the end of the read delay and in response to detecting the raster sequential mode, the method may include identifying the first row of the data line group in step 310. The line and line group count will continuously track the corresponding position on the display related to the size and position of each block, so as to know whether the current line group crosses or intersects with each block. Some displays can provide a function. This function defines the size of the modulation plane to be smaller than the size of the overall display, and then places the active data of the modulation plane in the display area with an offset. This initialization step 310 will consider such an offset.

此方法可進一步包含在一決策步驟320中偵測多個同心區塊的高解析度區塊(Z0)是否存在於所辨識的數據線組中。特別地,此解碼邏輯將偵測此線組是否包含區塊 Z0的一部份。換言之,從線組所選取的行是否與區塊Z0交叉或相交。具體來說,將指標的當前位置與區塊Z0大小及偏移以及全局偏移量進行比較。如果答案係為肯定的,此線組也將會與所有的上方區塊相交,且區塊Z0位在中心。亦即,透過確認檢測到區塊Z0,將不需要偵測其他區塊是否存在於此行中。此方法300可在步驟322及324中繼續處理此線組數據。The method may further include detecting whether a high-resolution block (Z0) of a plurality of concentric blocks exists in the identified data line group in a decision step 320. In particular, the decoding logic will detect whether this line group contains a part of the block Z0. In other words, whether the line selected from the line group crosses or intersects the block Z0. Specifically, the current position of the indicator is compared with the size and offset of the block Z0 and the global offset. If the answer is yes, this line group will also intersect all the blocks above, and block Z0 is in the center. That is, by confirming that block Z0 is detected, there is no need to detect whether other blocks exist in this row. The method 300 can continue to process the line group data in steps 322 and 324.

響應於未偵測到高解析度區塊的存在,此方法可包含在決策步驟330、340及350中偵測下一個連續的區塊(Z1、Z2、Z3、… Z(n-1))是否存在於所辨識的數據線組中直到一個區塊被偵測到。響應於偵測到一區塊,此方法可包含基於區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、x偏移大小、行時間及字元大小而對所辨識的數據線組進行擴展;在步驟322、332、342及352中,將擴展的數據儲存在一行緩衝(row buffer)。進一步地,此方法可包含當個別的區塊{Z0, Z1, Z2, Z3… Z(n-1)}被偵測到時,將此行緩衝傳送到一行對列,其中k個行被寫入2(r-1)次,r = {n、n-1、 n-2、n-3、…1},k = {1, 2, 4, 8, …2(n-1)},n為區塊的數量(在步驟324、334、344及354)。In response to not detecting the existence of a high-resolution block, this method may include detecting the next consecutive block (Z1, Z2, Z3, ... Z(n-1)) in decision steps 330, 340, and 350 Whether it exists in the identified data line group until a block is detected. In response to detecting a block, this method can include expanding the identified data line group based on the number of blocks, horizontal block size, line group size, x offset size, line time, and character size; In steps 322, 332, 342, and 352, the expanded data is stored in a row buffer. Further, this method can include when individual blocks {Z0, Z1, Z2, Z3... Z(n-1)} are detected, the row buffer is transferred to row to row, where k rows are written Enter 2 (r-1) times, r = {n, n-1, n-2, n-3, …1}, k = {1, 2, 4, 8, …2(n-1)}, n is the number of blocks (in steps 324, 334, 344, and 354).

關於此線組的擴展,由於標頭封包數據包含每個區塊的水平大小(sizes)的細節,因此解碼邏輯能夠辨識對於每個區塊來說將接收多少個字元。以圖3A所顯示的特別範例來說,假設JIT順序,其中區塊Z0為該行的最後且區塊Z3數據為該行的第一個。在步驟322中,對於區塊Z0數據,每個字元在水平上擴展八次,其中結合/合併多個字元的最終結果被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。在此同一範例之後,下一個將會是區塊Z2數據,每個字元將會在水平上擴展四次並且被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。接著,區塊Z1數據在水平上擴展二次並且被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。進一步地,區塊Z0數據會是最後一個,並且直接被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。在步驟324中,一行被寫入八次。此外,該方法300可包含將該行緩衝傳送到該行對列。可以在所有的八行皆在該隊列之前開始對陣列進行行寫入。可分別單獨寫入每一行,總共需八個寫入週期。寫入週期被間隔開來以匹配最小行時間用於一行一次,(x1模式),因此隊列是需要的。Regarding the expansion of this line group, since the header packet data contains the details of the horizontal size of each block, the decoding logic can identify how many characters will be received for each block. Taking the particular example shown in FIG. 3A for example, assuming the JIT sequence, where the block Z0 is the last of the row and the data of the block Z3 is the first of the row. In step 322, for the block Z0 data, each character is horizontally expanded eight times, and the final result of combining/merging multiple characters is stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. After this same example, the next one will be block Z2 data, each character will be expanded horizontally four times and stored in the line buffer with the correct offset. Then, the block Z1 data is horizontally expanded twice and stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. Furthermore, the data of block Z0 will be the last one, and will be directly stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. In step 324, a row is written eight times. In addition, the method 300 may include transferring the row buffer to the row to column. It is possible to start row writing to the array before all eight rows are in the queue. Each row can be written separately, requiring a total of eight write cycles. The write cycles are spaced to match the minimum line time for one line at a time, (x1 mode), so queues are needed.

在區塊Z0數據偵測的範例之後,接著係在其他各別區塊Z1~Z3的偵測期間的數據(在步驟330、340及350中),於步驟322、332、342及352中,以類似的方式使每個各別區塊的區塊數據在該行緩衝中被擴展並且合併。亦即,區塊Z0數據的每個字元在水平上擴展八次,其中結合/合併多個字元的最終結果被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。在此同一範例之後,下一個將會是區塊Z2數據,每個字元將會在水平上擴展四次並且被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。接著,區塊Z1數據在水平上擴展二次並且被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。進一步地,區塊Z0數據會是最後一個,並且直接被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。在區塊Z1的偵測期間,於步驟334中兩行被寫入四次。在區塊Z2的偵測期間,於步驟344中四行被寫入二次。在區塊Z3的偵測期間,於步驟354中八行被寫入一次。After the example of block Z0 data detection, then the data during the detection period of other respective blocks Z1~Z3 (in steps 330, 340, and 350), in steps 322, 332, 342, and 352, In a similar way, the block data of each individual block is expanded and merged in the row buffer. That is, each character of the block Z0 data is expanded eight times horizontally, and the final result of combining/merging multiple characters is stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. After this same example, the next one will be block Z2 data, each character will be expanded horizontally four times and stored in the line buffer with the correct offset. Then, the block Z1 data is horizontally expanded twice and stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. Furthermore, the data of block Z0 will be the last one, and will be directly stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. During the detection of block Z1, the two rows are written four times in step 334. During the detection of block Z2, in step 344, four rows are written twice. During the detection of block Z3, in step 354, eight rows are written once.

此外,該方法可包括在步驟360中檢索下一個數據線組,並且重複執行偵測、擴展、儲存、傳送及檢索,直到每個數據線組檢索完成為止(步驟362及320~360)。也就是說,例如此過程進續進行,針對此線組(其中線組為八行)的其餘七行,接收來自區塊Z0~Z2的數據,並且將這些傳送到該行隊列。因此,在決策步驟362中,該方法可偵測當前的行是否為最後一行。若不是,則此過程將會進行步驟320並且處理下一個線組。若當前的行係為最後一行,則該方法繼續執行決策步驟364以偵測光柵模式是否被啟用。當光柵順序模式被啟用時,該方法步驟將分支回到檢查下一個調變平面(於步驟301中)。若沒有,則存在區塊順序模式,並且此過程結束於該線程(thread)。在一些實施例中,另一線程寫入緩衝數據會返回以偵測下一個標頭封包數據。可選地,此另一線程可能當前正在寫入下一個調變平面的緩衝數據。部分的實施方式在此讀取序列結束而不是開始時,可執行緩衝讀取側A/B指標切換。In addition, the method may include retrieving the next data line group in step 360, and repeating detection, expansion, storage, transmission, and retrieval until the retrieval of each data line group is completed (steps 362 and 320-360). That is to say, for example, this process continues, for the remaining seven rows of this line group (where the line group is eight rows), receive data from the blocks Z0~Z2, and transfer these to the line queue. Therefore, in the decision step 362, the method can detect whether the current row is the last row. If not, the process will proceed to step 320 and process the next line group. If the current line is the last line, the method continues to execute decision step 364 to detect whether the raster mode is enabled. When the raster sequence mode is enabled, the method step will branch back to check the next modulation plane (in step 301). If not, there is a block sequential mode, and the process ends in this thread. In some embodiments, another thread writes buffered data and returns to detect the next header packet data. Optionally, this other thread may currently be writing buffer data of the next modulation plane. In some embodiments, the A/B index switch on the buffer reading side may be performed when the reading sequence ends instead of starting.

在步驟380、382、384、386及388中,來自各別區塊Z3、Z2、Z1及Z0的數據被寫入到對應的區塊緩衝(區塊3緩衝、區塊2緩衝、 區塊1緩衝及區塊0緩衝)。一些巨像素行會是完整的區塊寬度;與另一鄰近區塊相交的其他巨像素行則可能較短。可啟用填補模式以在需要匹配緩衝尋址(buffer addressing)時調整數據控制。每個區塊數據的預期字元數量係由尺寸大小及模式控制來計算得到的。當寫入每個區塊數據時,該方法可包括在步驟382、384及386中,移至下一個區塊數據。在步驟388中,該方法透過切換緩衝A/B寫入側指標並且返回以等待更多具有標頭封包數據的調變平面,以結束區塊順序的處理。In steps 380, 382, 384, 386 and 388, the data from the respective blocks Z3, Z2, Z1 and Z0 are written to the corresponding block buffers (block 3 buffer, block 2 buffer, block 1 Buffer and block 0 buffer). Some macro pixel rows will be the full block width; other macro pixel rows that intersect another adjacent block may be shorter. The padding mode can be enabled to adjust data control when matching buffer addressing is required. The expected number of characters in each block data is calculated by controlling the size and mode. When writing each block of data, the method can include steps 382, 384, and 386 to move to the next block of data. In step 388, the method ends the block sequence processing by switching the buffer A/B write side indicator and returning to wait for more modulation planes with header packet data.

圖3B係依據一些實施例所繪示的在周邊細部模式操作中將注視點數據的調變平面寫入圖1A的注視點調變顯示裝置130的像素陣列的方法或過程,其中存在四個區塊。類似於圖3A的範例,流程圖400繪示調變平面狀態示意圖的操作,其差異在於操作模式係顯示裝置可根據周邊細部對所傳入的調變平面進行解碼與處理,其中區塊Z0位於此顯示器的外圍周邊。舉例來說,將顯示四個區塊注視點圖像,其中該四個區塊的每一個使用一矩形巨像素具有大小等於該區塊的二的次方數(如區塊3 mpix size為23=8或8x8)。3B is a method or process of writing the gaze point data modulation plane in the peripheral detail mode operation in the pixel array of the gaze point modulation display device 130 of FIG. 1A according to some embodiments, in which there are four regions Piece. Similar to the example in FIG. 3A, the flowchart 400 shows the operation of the modulation plane state diagram. The difference is that the operation mode is that the display device can decode and process the incoming modulation plane according to the surrounding details, where the block Z0 is located The periphery of this display. For example, four block gaze point images will be displayed, where each of the four blocks uses a rectangular giant pixel with a size equal to the power of two of the block (for example, the block 3 mpix size is 23 =8 or 8x8).

在一些實施例中,用於將注視點數據的調變平面寫入顯示陣列像素的此方法400可包括在步驟401中,解析標頭封包數據以偵測區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、行時間、字元大小及x偏移大小。舉例來說,該一或多個調變裝置可等待調變平面被傳送以解析標頭封包數據。選通或數據簽章可用於指示一個新的標頭封包數據/調變平面的開始。有效地,此平面解碼邏輯可擷取所有的標頭欄位以控制當前調變平面的模式與參數。這些可用於以下的決策步驟。In some embodiments, the method 400 for writing the modulation plane of the gaze point data into the pixels of the display array may include in step 401, parsing the header packet data to detect the number of blocks, the size of the horizontal block, the line Group size, line time, character size and x offset size. For example, the one or more modulation devices may wait for the modulation plane to be transmitted to parse the header packet data. The strobe or data signature can be used to indicate the start of a new header packet data/modulation plane. Effectively, this plane decoding logic can retrieve all header fields to control the mode and parameters of the current modulation plane. These can be used in the following decision-making steps.

在周邊細部模式中,將注視點數據的調變平面寫入注視點顯示裝置的像素陣列的該方法也可包括在決策步驟402中,偵測傳輸模式觸發位元是否被設定以啟用光柵順序模式。若有光柵順序模式調變平面,則通過初始化計數器/索引而由第一行開始,以預定的數據順序將所傳入的數據處理為線組(在步驟410中)。響應於未偵測到光柵順序模式,該方法可在步驟404中進行區塊順序模式分支。在此階段,兩個獨立的流程將開始以處理寫入(480)與讀取 (406)區塊緩衝。應當注意的是,讀取側將會延遲直到寫入序列接近結束或者寫入序列結束後,以便當需要讀取時,區塊Z0的數據 (具有最後的區塊0)已準備完成(將參照圖5的時序示意圖500進行描述)。緩衝讀取時間通常可比緩衝寫入時間還要長,這是因為任何所需的填補時間加入到用於陣列寫入的大型巨像素線組。在區塊順序模式中,此方法可包含將所傳入的數據之對應區塊數據寫入對應的區塊緩衝{Z(n-1)、…、Z3、Z2、Z1、Z0} (在步驟480~486中),並且在步驟406中等待一預定時間的讀取延遲。In the peripheral detail mode, the method of writing the modulation plane of the gaze point data into the pixel array of the gaze point display device may also be included in the decision step 402, detecting whether the transmission mode trigger bit is set to enable the raster sequence mode . If there is a raster sequence mode modulation plane, start from the first line by initializing the counter/index, and process the incoming data into line groups in a predetermined data sequence (in step 410). In response to the raster sequential mode not being detected, the method may branch in block sequential mode in step 404. At this stage, two separate processes will begin to handle write (480) and read (406) block buffers. It should be noted that the read side will delay until the end of the write sequence or after the end of the write sequence, so that when it needs to be read, the data of block Z0 (with the last block 0) is ready to be completed (refer to The timing diagram 500 of FIG. 5 is described). The buffer read time can usually be longer than the buffer write time because any required padding time is added to the large group of giant pixel lines used for array writing. In the block sequence mode, this method can include writing the corresponding block data of the incoming data into the corresponding block buffer {Z(n-1),..., Z3, Z2, Z1, Z0} (in step 480~486), and wait for a predetermined time of reading delay in step 406.

在步驟406的讀取延遲結束時,該方法可包括切換對應於每個各別區塊緩衝的讀取指標,並且開始讀取數據流,以匹配光柵順序所需的順序(將線組寫入陣列)。由於內部緩衝讀取路徑不受IO帶寬限制,因此部分的裝置可優化區塊順序模式中的時序,可以較寬廣及/或較快速的匯流排來讀取區塊Z0數據,以匹配最小行寫入時序,以補償添加到大型巨像素線組的填補時間 。因此,相較於光柵順序,區塊順序的陣列寫入線組時序有所差異。由於所需的填補數據時間已移除,因此這步驟可使區塊順序之調變平面的寫入速度比光柵順序更快。At the end of the read delay in step 406, the method may include switching the read index corresponding to each individual block buffer, and starting to read the data stream to match the order required by the raster order (write line group Array). Since the internal buffer read path is not limited by the IO bandwidth, some devices can optimize the timing in the block sequence mode, and can read block Z0 data on a wider and/or faster bus to match the smallest row write Input timing to compensate for the filling time added to the large giant pixel line group. Therefore, compared with the raster sequence, the array write line group timing of the block sequence is different. Since the time required to fill the data has been removed, this step can make the writing speed of the modulation plane of the block sequence faster than that of the raster sequence.

在讀取延遲結束時及響應於偵測到光柵順序模式,此方法可包含在步驟410中辨識數據線組的第一行。行與線組的計數會持續追蹤顯示器上與每個區塊的大小與位置有相關的對應位置,以得知當前的線組是否與每一區塊交叉或相交。部分的顯示器可提供一功能,此功能係將調變平面的大小定義為小於整體顯示器的大小,然後以一偏移量將此調變平面的主動數據放置在顯示區域中。此初始化步驟410將會考量這樣的偏移。At the end of the read delay and in response to detecting the raster sequential mode, the method may include identifying the first row of the data line group in step 410. The line and line group count will continuously track the corresponding position on the display related to the size and position of each block, so as to know whether the current line group crosses or intersects with each block. Some displays can provide a function. This function defines the size of the modulation plane to be smaller than the size of the overall display, and then places the active data of the modulation plane in the display area with an offset. This initialization step 410 will consider such offset.

此方法可進一步包括在決策步驟420中,偵測在周邊細部模式中於該些同心區塊中心的最低解析度區塊(Z3)是否存在於所辨識的數據線組中。特別地,此解碼邏輯將會偵測此線組是否包含區塊Z3的一部分。  換言之,從該線組選取的該行是否與區塊Z3相交。具體來說,將指標的當前位置與區塊Z3的大小與偏移以及所有全局偏移進行比較。若答案係為肯定的,則此線組也將會與所有上方區塊相交,而區塊Z3位於中心。也就是說,透過確認偵測到區塊Z3,不需要偵測其他區塊是否存在於該行。該方法400可在步驟422與424中繼續處理該線組數據。The method may further include in the decision step 420, detecting whether the lowest resolution block (Z3) in the center of the concentric blocks in the peripheral detail mode exists in the identified data line group. In particular, the decoding logic will detect whether the line group includes a part of the block Z3. In other words, whether the line selected from the line group intersects the block Z3. Specifically, the current position of the indicator is compared with the size and offset of block Z3 and all global offsets. If the answer is yes, then this line group will also intersect all the upper blocks, and block Z3 is located in the center. In other words, by confirming that block Z3 is detected, there is no need to detect whether other blocks exist in the row. The method 400 can continue to process the line group data in steps 422 and 424.

響應於未偵測到最低解析度區塊的存在,該方法可包括在步驟430、440及450中偵測下一個連續的區塊(Z2、Z1、Z0)是否存在於所辨識的數據線組,直到偵測到一區塊為止。響應於偵測到區塊,該方法可包括在步驟422、432及442中,基於區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、x偏移大小、行時間及字元大小而對所辨識的數據線組進行擴展;基於此x偏移大小將所擴展的數據儲存在一行緩衝。進一步地,該方法可包括在步驟424、 434、444及454中,將此行緩衝傳送到一行對列,其中每一行被寫入2(n-1)次(或例如23 times = 8 times),其中n 為區塊數量(在此例如n-1=3)。In response to not detecting the existence of the lowest resolution block, the method may include detecting whether the next continuous block (Z2, Z1, Z0) exists in the identified data line group in steps 430, 440, and 450 Until a block is detected. In response to detecting a block, the method may include in steps 422, 432, and 442, determining the number of blocks, horizontal block size, line group size, x offset size, line time, and character size in steps 422, 432, and 442. The data line group is expanded; based on this x offset size, the expanded data is stored in a row of buffers. Further, the method may include in steps 424, 434, 444, and 454, buffering the row to row-to-column, where each row is written 2 (n-1) times (or, for example, 23 times = 8 times) , Where n is the number of blocks (here, for example, n-1=3).

關於線組的擴展,由於標頭封包數據包含每一區塊的水平大小之細節,此解碼邏輯將能夠辨識對於每個區塊有多少字元被接收。針對顯示在圖3B的特別範例,假設JIT順序,其中區塊Z3為該行最後一個,且區塊Z0數據為該行的第一個。在步驟422中,對於區塊Z3數據,每個字元在水平上被擴展八次,其中組合/合併字元的最終結果被以正確的偏移儲存在該行緩衝。在同一範例之後,區塊Z2數據將會是下一個,每個字元將在水平上擴展四次並且以正確偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。接著,區塊Z1數據在水平上擴展二次並且以正確偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。進一步地,  區塊Z0數據將會是最後一個,並且以正確偏移量直接地儲存在該行緩衝。在步驟424中,一行被寫入八次。此外,該方法400可包括將此行緩衝傳送到該行對列。可以在所有八行在該隊列之前開始對陣列進行行寫入。每個行被單獨寫入,總共八個寫入週期。寫入週期被間隔開來以匹配最小行時間用於一行一次,(x1模式),因此隊列是需要的。Regarding the expansion of the line group, since the header packet data contains the details of the horizontal size of each block, the decoding logic will be able to identify how many characters are received for each block. For the particular example shown in FIG. 3B, assume the JIT sequence, where the block Z3 is the last in the row, and the data in the block Z0 is the first in the row. In step 422, for the block Z3 data, each character is horizontally expanded eight times, and the final result of the combined/combined character is stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. After the same example, the block Z2 data will be the next one, and each character will be expanded horizontally four times and stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. Then, the block Z1 data is horizontally expanded twice and stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. Further, the data of block Z0 will be the last one and will be directly stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. In step 424, a row is written eight times. In addition, the method 400 may include transferring the row buffer to the row to column. Row writes to the array can begin before all eight rows are in the queue. Each row is written individually, for a total of eight write cycles. The write cycles are spaced to match the minimum line time for one line at a time, (x1 mode), so queues are needed.

在區塊Z3數據偵測的範例之後,接著係在其他各別區塊Z2~Z1的偵測期間的數據(在步驟430、440及450中),於步驟422、432及442中,以類似的方式使每個各別區塊的區塊數據在該行緩衝中被擴展並且合併。亦即,區塊Z2數據的每個字元在水平上擴展四次,其中結合/合併多個字元的最終結果被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。在此同一範例之後,下一個將會是區塊Z2數據,每個字元將會在水平上擴展二次並且被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。接著,區塊Z1數據在水平上擴展一次並且被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝。進一步地,區塊Z0數據會是最後一個,並且直接被以正確的偏移量儲存在該行緩衝(如步驟452所示的通過數據(pass through data))。在區塊Z2、Z1及Z0的偵測期間,於步驟424、434、444及454中一行分別被寫入八次。After the example of block Z3 data detection, the data during the detection period of other respective blocks Z2~Z1 (in steps 430, 440, and 450) are followed in steps 422, 432, and 442, similarly In this way, the block data of each individual block is expanded and merged in the line buffer. That is, each character of the block Z2 data is horizontally expanded four times, and the final result of combining/merging multiple characters is stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. After this same example, the next one will be block Z2 data, each character will be horizontally expanded twice and stored in the line buffer with the correct offset. Then, the block Z1 data is expanded once horizontally and stored in the row buffer with the correct offset. Further, the data of the block Z0 will be the last one, and will be directly stored in the row buffer with the correct offset (as shown in step 452 through data (pass through data)). During the detection of blocks Z2, Z1, and Z0, a row is written eight times in steps 424, 434, 444, and 454, respectively.

此外,該方法可包含在步驟460中擷取下一個數據線組,並且重複執行偵測、擴展、儲存、傳輸及擷取的步驟,直到擷取到每個數據線組(步驟462及420~460)。亦即例如,當針對該線組的其餘七個行(其中線組=8行)接收到來自區塊Z3~Z0的數據並且這些被傳送到該行對列,時,此流程持續進行。因此,在決策步驟462中,該方法可偵測當前的行是否為最後一行。若不是,則此流程將執行步驟420並且處理下一個線組。若當前的行係為最後一行,則該方法執行決策步驟464,以偵測是否啟用光柵模式。當啟用光柵順序模式時,該方法步驟將分支而返回以確認下一個調變平面(於步驟401)。若否,則存在有區塊順序模式並且流程結束於此線程(thread)中。在一些實施例中,另一線程寫入緩衝數據將返回以偵測下一個標頭封包數據。可選地,此另一線程可能當前正在寫入下一個調變平面的緩衝數據。一些實施方式可在讀取序列結束而不在開始時執行緩衝讀取側A/B指標的切換。In addition, the method may include capturing the next data line group in step 460, and repeating the steps of detecting, expanding, storing, transmitting, and capturing until each data line group is captured (steps 462 and 420~ 460). That is, for example, when data from the blocks Z3 to Z0 are received for the remaining seven rows of the line group (where the line group=8 rows) and these are transmitted to the row to column, the process continues. Therefore, in decision step 462, the method can detect whether the current row is the last row. If not, the process will execute step 420 and process the next line group. If the current line is the last line, the method executes decision step 464 to detect whether the raster mode is enabled. When the raster sequence mode is enabled, the method step will branch and return to confirm the next modulation plane (at step 401). If not, there is a block sequential mode and the process ends in this thread. In some embodiments, another thread writes buffered data and returns to detect the next header packet data. Optionally, this other thread may currently be writing buffer data of the next modulation plane. Some embodiments may perform the switching of the A/B index on the buffer reading side at the end of the reading sequence and not at the beginning.

在步驟480、482及484中,來自個別區塊Z3、Z2、Z1,及Z0的數據被寫入對應的區塊緩衝(區塊3緩衝、區塊2緩衝、區塊1緩衝及區塊0緩衝)。部分的巨像素行將會是全區塊寬度;與另一區塊相交的其他巨像素行可能較短。可使用填補模式以根據需要來調整數據控制,以匹配緩衝尋址(buffer addressing)。根據大小及模式控制來計算每區塊數據的預期之字元數量。當寫入每個區塊數據時,該方法可包含在步驟482、484及486中移動到下一個區塊數據。在步驟488中,該方法透過切換緩衝A/B寫入側的指標來結束區塊順序的處理,並且等待更多具有標頭封包數據的調變平面。In steps 480, 482 and 484, the data from the individual blocks Z3, Z2, Z1, and Z0 are written into the corresponding block buffers (block 3 buffer, block 2 buffer, block 1 buffer, and block 0 buffer). Part of the megapixel rows will be full block width; other megapixel rows that intersect another block may be shorter. The padding mode can be used to adjust the data control as needed to match buffer addressing. Calculate the expected number of characters in each block of data according to the size and mode control. When writing each block of data, the method may include moving to the next block of data in steps 482, 484, and 486. In step 488, the method ends the block sequence processing by switching the indicator on the write side of the buffer A/B, and waits for more modulation planes with header packet data.

請參照圖4A,其係在中心細部模式中具四個區塊之顯示器的示意圖490指示了八行的線組片段494跨越顯示中心,使該線組跨越所有的四個區塊。此圖應用於光柵順序協定的及時(Just-In-Time,JIT)數據順序或線組收集功能,其關聯於擴展及組合的步驟對應於圖4B與圖4C所概述的步驟322。Please refer to FIG. 4A, which is a schematic diagram 490 of a display with four blocks in the center detail mode, indicating that the line group segment 494 of eight rows crosses the display center so that the line group crosses all four blocks. This figure is applied to the Just-In-Time (JIT) data sequence or line group collection function of the raster sequence protocol. The steps associated with expansion and combination correspond to the step 322 outlined in FIGS. 4B and 4C.

請參照圖4B,其根據一些實施例所繪示的圖3A方法中關於步驟322之巨像素數據擴展的多重步驟示意圖,其示出巨像素數據區塊的內容及行緩衝的內容。在光柵順序模式中,該方法包括使用JIT順序進行匹配以立即寫入。在區塊順序模式中,該方法可包括內部緩衝讀取以收集數據用於線組寫入。以給定的範例來說,有一行的區塊3巨像素、兩行的區塊2巨像素、四行的區塊1巨像素及八行的區塊0巨像素。如步驟1所示,該方法可包含對區塊3巨像素水平地擴展八次,單獨的A及B區域代表在當前線組的該行當中該區塊的左側與右側。此數據被以區塊3偏移(z3HoffsetA&B)寫入一行緩衝。如步驟2所示,該方法可包含擴展區塊2,其中行1巨像素被以區塊2偏移(z2HoffsetA&B)水平地複製四次到該行緩衝的右側與左側段。如步驟3所示,該方法可包括擴展區塊1,其中行1巨像素被以區塊1偏移(z1HoffsetA&B)水平地複製二次到該行緩衝的右側與左側段。如步驟4所示,該方法可包括寫入區塊0,其中行1像素被以區塊 0偏移(z0Hoffset)複製到該行緩衝。該方法可包括使用轉向水平偏移(Hoffset)將行緩衝複製到行對列,其中以預定的填充值填充外部像素。如步驟5所示,該方法可包含以區塊0偏移(z0Hoffet)將區塊0的該第二行(行2)寫入該行緩衝。接著,使用轉向水平偏移(Hoffset)將該行緩衝複製到該行對列,其中外以相同預定的填充值填充外部像素。Please refer to FIG. 4B, which illustrates a schematic diagram of the multiple steps of the macro-pixel data expansion in step 322 in the method of FIG. 3A according to some embodiments, which shows the content of the macro-pixel data block and the content of the line buffer. In raster sequential mode, the method includes matching using JIT sequence to write immediately. In the block sequential mode, the method may include internal buffer reads to collect data for line group writes. For the given example, there are one row of block 3 megapixels, two rows of block 2 megapixels, four rows of block 1 megapixels, and eight rows of block 0 megapixels. As shown in step 1, the method may include horizontally expanding the megapixels of block 3 eight times. The separate A and B areas represent the left and right sides of the block in the row of the current line group. This data is written into one line of buffer with block 3 offset (z3HoffsetA&B). As shown in step 2, the method may include expanding block 2, in which row 1 megapixels are copied horizontally with block 2 offset (z2HoffsetA&B) four times to the right and left segments of the row buffer. As shown in step 3, the method may include expanding block 1, in which row 1 megapixels are copied horizontally with block 1 offset (z1HoffsetA&B) twice to the right and left segments of the row buffer. As shown in step 4, the method may include writing to block 0, in which row 1 pixels are copied to the row buffer with a block 0 offset (z0Hoffset). The method may include using a steering horizontal offset (Hoffset) to copy the row buffer to row to column, where the outer pixels are filled with a predetermined fill value. As shown in step 5, the method may include writing the second row (row 2) of block 0 into the row buffer with a block 0 offset (z0Hoffet). Then, use the steering horizontal offset (Hoffset) to copy the row buffer to the row-to-column, and fill the outer pixels with the same predetermined filling value.

現在參照圖4C,係依據一些實施例所繪示的圖4A的巨像素數據擴展的繼續之多重步驟示意圖。如步驟6所示,該方法可包括以區塊1偏移(z1Hoffset)水平地擴展二次區塊1的第二行到該行緩衝的右側與左側段。如步驟7所示,該方法可包括以區塊0偏移(z0Hoffet)將區塊0的第三行寫入該行緩衝。如步驟8,該方法可包括以區塊0偏移(z0Hoffet)將區塊0的第四行寫入該行緩衝。如步驟9,該方法可包括擴展區塊2的第二行,其中以區塊2偏移(z2Hoffset)將行2巨像素水平地複製四次到該行緩衝的右側與左側段。如步驟10所示,該方法可包括擴展區塊1的第三行,其中行3巨像素被以區塊 1偏移(z1Hoffset)水平地複製二次到行緩衝的右側與左側段。如步驟11所示,該方法可包含以區塊0的偏移(z0Hoffet)將區塊0的第五行寫入行緩衝。如步驟12所示,該方法可包含以區塊0的偏移(z0Hoffet)將區塊0的第六行寫入行緩衝。如步驟13所示,該方法包括以區塊1偏移(z1Hoffset)水平地擴展區塊1的第四行二次到行緩衝的右側與左側段。如步驟14所示,該方法可包括以區塊0的偏移(z0Hoffet)將區塊0的第七行寫入行緩衝。如步驟15所示,該方法可包括以區塊0的偏移(z0Hoffet)將區塊0的第八行寫入行緩衝。Referring now to FIG. 4C, it is a schematic diagram of the multi-step continuation of the expansion of the giant pixel data of FIG. 4A according to some embodiments. As shown in step 6, the method may include horizontally extending the second line of the secondary block 1 to the right and left segments of the line buffer by the block 1 offset (z1Hoffset). As shown in step 7, the method may include writing the third row of block 0 into the row buffer with a block 0 offset (z0Hoffet). As in step 8, the method may include writing the fourth row of block 0 into the row buffer with a block 0 offset (z0Hoffet). As in step 9, the method may include expanding the second row of block 2, where the macro pixels of row 2 are copied horizontally four times to the right and left segments of the row buffer with a block 2 offset (z2Hoffset). As shown in step 10, the method may include expanding the third row of block 1, where the macro pixels of row 3 are copied horizontally to the right and left segments of the line buffer with a block 1 offset (z1Hoffset). As shown in step 11, the method may include writing the fifth row of block 0 into the row buffer with the offset of block 0 (z0Hoffet). As shown in step 12, the method may include writing the sixth row of block 0 into the row buffer with the offset of block 0 (z0Hoffet). As shown in step 13, the method includes horizontally extending the fourth line of block 1 to the right and left segments of the line buffer by the block 1 offset (z1Hoffset). As shown in step 14, the method may include writing the seventh row of block 0 into the row buffer with the offset of block 0 (z0Hoffet). As shown in step 15, the method may include writing the eighth row of block 0 into the row buffer with the offset of block 0 (z0Hoffet).

現在請參照圖5,係依據本發明之一實施例所繪示的區塊順序圖像幀或調變平面的時序示意圖500,其示出區塊緩衝寫入及讀取的順序。以下根據具有調變顯示裝置之調變平面的實施例,並且可類似地應用在灰階顯示裝置的圖像幀實施例。每個區塊的緩衝分為代表兩個連續的平面(或幀)的A與B半邊/側;其中一平面的數據應位在一半邊/側。假設寫入指標選擇A側,接收到的來自第一平面的該數據被逐區塊地寫入該緩衝的A側。此標頭指示由第一平面的A側起始,從標頭到由緩衝讀取開始的延遲時間。在讀取過程中,會根據需求從所有區塊中依序地收集每個線組的數據(線組0先開始,然後是線組1,依此類推),然後將他們寫入陣列。只要區塊0線組的寫入維持在讀取之前,此讀取便可與寫入序列的末端重疊。下一個寫入到B側的平面可在A側讀取完成之前開始。在陣列寫入的末端,部分顯示器需要一些操作方可將數據應用到主動像素元件。Please refer now to FIG. 5, which is a schematic diagram 500 of a block sequential image frame or a timing diagram of a modulation plane according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows the block buffer writing and reading sequence. The following is based on the embodiment with the modulation plane of the modulation display device, and can be similarly applied to the embodiment of the image frame of the grayscale display device. The buffer of each block is divided into A and B halves/sides representing two consecutive planes (or frames); the data of one plane should be located on one half/side. Assuming that the writing index selects the A side, the data received from the first plane is written to the A side of the buffer block by block. This header indicates the delay time starting from the A side of the first plane, from the header to the start of buffer reading. In the reading process, the data of each line group will be sequentially collected from all blocks according to requirements (line group 0 starts first, then line group 1, and so on), and then they are written into the array. As long as the write of the block 0 line group is maintained before the read, the read can overlap with the end of the write sequence. The next plane written to the B side can start before the A side read is completed. At the end of array writing, some displays require some manipulation to apply data to active pixel elements.

如在此所使用,模組一詞可描述根據本發明的一或多個實施例的可執行之給定功能單元。如在此所使用,可應用硬體、軟體或其組合的形式來實現模組。例如,可以實現一或多個處理器、控制器、 特殊應用積體電路(ASICs)、可程式化邏輯陣列(PLAs)、可程式化陣列邏輯(PALs)、複雜可程式邏輯裝置(CPLDs)、現場可程式化邏輯陣列(FPGAs)、邏輯組件、軟體例程或其他機制來組成模組。在實施方式中,在此所描述的各種模組可實現作為離散的模組,或者在此所描述的功能及特徵可以在一或多個模組間部份地或全部地共享。換言之,對於所屬領域的通常知識者在閱讀本文後將顯而易見的是,在此所描述的各種特徵與功能可在任何給定的應用中實現,並且可以各種組合與置換而在一或多個獨立的模組中實現。即使各種特徵或功能可分別描述或請求保護為單獨模組,所屬領域的通常知識者將理解的是這些特徵與功能可在一或多個通用軟體及硬體元件中共享,並且這樣的描述並非要求或暗示使用單獨的硬體或軟體元件實現特徵與功能。As used herein, the term module may describe a given functional unit that can be executed according to one or more embodiments of the invention. As used herein, the module can be implemented in the form of hardware, software or a combination thereof. For example, one or more processors, controllers, application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), programmable logic arrays (PLAs), programmable array logic (PALs), complex programmable logic devices (CPLDs), Field programmable logic arrays (FPGAs), logic components, software routines or other mechanisms are used to form modules. In the implementation, the various modules described herein may be implemented as discrete modules, or the functions and features described herein may be partially or fully shared among one or more modules. In other words, it will be obvious to those of ordinary knowledge in the field that after reading this article, the various features and functions described herein can be implemented in any given application, and can be combined and replaced with one or more independent Implemented in the module. Even if various features or functions can be separately described or claimed as separate modules, those skilled in the art will understand that these features and functions can be shared in one or more common software and hardware components, and such descriptions are not Require or imply the use of separate hardware or software components to achieve features and functions.

應當理解的是,在此所描述的該方法可以數位處理系統來執行,例如既有的通用電腦系統。可替代地,也可以使用設計或編程用於僅執行單一功能特定用途的電腦。圖6係繪示可實現在此所述實施例的運算裝置600的一示例。依據一些實施例,可使用圖6的運算裝置來執行注視點圖像顯示功能的實施例 。運算裝置600包括中央處理單元(central processing unit,CPU)602,其通過匯流排606耦接記憶體604、視頻驅動器607及大容量儲存裝置608。大容量儲存裝置608代表永久資料儲存裝置,在一些實施例中可例如是為本地或遠程的軟性磁碟機(floppy disc drive)或固定磁碟機(fixed disc drive)。在一些實施例中,大容量儲存裝置608可實現備份儲存。記憶體604可包含唯讀記憶體、隨機存取記憶體等。在一些實施例中,駐留在運算裝置上的應用程式(Applications)可儲存在電腦可讀取媒體,或者通過電腦可讀取媒體進行存取,電腦可讀取媒體例如是記憶體604或大容量儲存裝置608。應用程式(Applications)也可以是調變的電訊號形式,通過網路數據機或運算裝置的其他網路介面進行存取。應當理解的是,在一些實施例中,中央處理單元602可透過通用處理器、特定用途處理器或特別編程邏輯裝置來實現。It should be understood that the method described herein can be executed by a digital processing system, such as an existing general-purpose computer system. Alternatively, a computer designed or programmed to perform only a single function for a specific purpose can also be used. FIG. 6 shows an example of a computing device 600 that can implement the embodiments described herein. According to some embodiments, the computing device of FIG. 6 may be used to perform an embodiment of the gaze point image display function. The computing device 600 includes a central processing unit (CPU) 602, which is coupled to a memory 604, a video driver 607, and a mass storage device 608 through a bus 606. The mass storage device 608 represents a permanent data storage device, and in some embodiments may be, for example, a local or remote floppy disc drive (floppy disc drive) or a fixed disc drive (fixed disc drive). In some embodiments, the mass storage device 608 can implement backup storage. The memory 604 may include read-only memory, random access memory, and so on. In some embodiments, applications residing on the computing device can be stored in a computer readable medium, or accessed through a computer readable medium. The computer readable medium is, for example, memory 604 or large capacity Storage device 608. Applications (Applications) can also be in the form of modulated electrical signals, accessed through other network interfaces of network modems or computing devices. It should be understood that, in some embodiments, the central processing unit 602 may be implemented by a general-purpose processor, a special purpose processor, or a specially programmed logic device.

顯示器612通過視頻驅動器607與匯流排606而與中央處理單元602、記憶體 604及大容量儲存裝置608通訊。顯示器612用以顯示與在此所述系統相關的任何視覺工具或報告。輸入/輸出裝置610耦接匯流排606用於將指令選擇中的資訊傳遞到中央處理單元602。應當理解的是,可透過輸入/輸出裝置610傳遞來往外於部裝置的資料。中央處理單元602可被定義為執行在此所述功能,以啟用圖1A~4B的功能。在一些實施例中,實現該功能的編碼可被儲存在記憶體604或大容量儲存裝置608以供例如是中央處理單元602的處理器執行。運算裝置上的作業系統可以是 iOSTM、MS-WINDOWSTM、OS/2TM、UNIXTM、LINUXTM、VXWORKSTM或其他公知的作業系統。應當理解的是,在此所描述的實施例也可與虛擬運算系統整合。The display 612 communicates with the central processing unit 602, the memory 604 and the mass storage device 608 through the video driver 607 and the bus 606. The display 612 is used to display any visual tools or reports related to the system described herein. The input/output device 610 is coupled to the bus 606 for transmitting the information in the command selection to the central processing unit 602. It should be understood that the input/output device 610 can be used to transfer data to and from external devices. The central processing unit 602 can be defined to perform the functions described herein to enable the functions of FIGS. 1A to 4B. In some embodiments, the code that realizes this function can be stored in the memory 604 or the mass storage device 608 for execution by a processor such as the central processing unit 602. The operating system on the computing device may be iOSTM, MS-WINDOWSTM, OS/2TM, UNIXTM, LINUXTM, VXWORKSTM or other well-known operating systems. It should be understood that the embodiments described herein may also be integrated with a virtual computing system.

以下圖像、與圖像相關及/或其他數據特性表示數據、協定參數、元件及/或標頭組件用於將圖像、與圖像相關及/或其他數據傳輸或發送到顯示器。The following images, image-related and/or other data characteristics represent data, protocol parameters, components, and/or header components used to transmit or send images, image-related and/or other data to the display.

水平步長(H-step-size)(水平大小/偏移步長)Horizontal step size (H-step-size) (horizontal size/offset step size)

H-step-size代表水平偏移或水平大小的增量。當定義大小或偏移時,區塊係由H-step-size的倍數所定義。若H-size或H-offset的值並非H-step-size的倍數,通常會造成錯誤,因為它表示所發送數據格式與在接收器處所期望的數據解碼之間存在衝突。在一些實施例中,可使用兩個不同H-step-size參數(例如使H-size比H-offset具更精準的步長)。例如,可基於顯示裝置對於不同區塊的巨像素數據的解碼及合併能力且最小化顯示多路複用邏輯來選擇此值。處理器110所應用的系統控制演算法可調整/移動每個區塊的大小/偏移以匹配這些步長增量。在一些實施方式中,區塊的大小可能需要比所需關注的區域大一階,以確保所需關注的區域被包括在區塊中以實現微小注視點偏移。例如,給定H-step-size =32且 Z0Hsize=512,然後Z0Hoffset可以是 {0、32、64、96、… 32X (32的倍數)}。用以計算Z0Hsize之具有眼球追蹤容忍公差的關注區域可大於或等於480(480 + 32 = 512 係為 32的倍數)。較小的步長減少額外的高解析度帶寬的量。在一些實施例中, H-step-size可以是最大巨像素的水平大小的倍數,以防止將H-size或H-offset定義為巨像素的分數(fraction)。H-step-size represents the horizontal offset or the increment of the horizontal size. When defining the size or offset, the block is defined by a multiple of H-step-size. If the value of H-size or H-offset is not a multiple of H-step-size, it will usually cause an error because it indicates that there is a conflict between the format of the transmitted data and the data decoding expected at the receiver. In some embodiments, two different H-step-size parameters may be used (for example, H-size has a more precise step size than H-offset). For example, this value can be selected based on the decoding and merging capabilities of the display device for different blocks of giant pixel data and minimizing the display multiplexing logic. The system control algorithm applied by the processor 110 can adjust/move the size/offset of each block to match these step increments. In some implementations, the size of the block may need to be one order larger than the area of interest to ensure that the area of interest is included in the block to achieve a small gaze point shift. For example, given H-step-size=32 and Z0Hsize=512, then Z0Hoffset can be {0, 32, 64, 96,... 32X (multiple of 32)}. The area of interest with eye tracking tolerance used to calculate Z0Hsize can be greater than or equal to 480 (480 + 32 = 512 is a multiple of 32). A smaller step size reduces the amount of additional high-resolution bandwidth. In some embodiments, H-step-size may be a multiple of the horizontal size of the largest megapixel to prevent H-size or H-offset from being defined as a fraction of megapixels.

數據順序(Data Order)Data Order

依據本發明,具有注視點協定或方法的注視點顯示系統包括二個數據順序選項:區塊順序或光柵順序。在區塊順序模式的操作中,首先發送一區塊的所有資料,並移除該區塊內的任何切口像素(cutout pixels)。如果使用多個區塊,則接著發送第二區塊的所有資料,依此類推直到最後一個區塊為止。進一步地,在區塊順序模式的操作中,區塊的順序可能會不同。也就是說,具有最高解析度Z0的區塊數據可以是第一個或是最後一個。相較於光柵順序模式,區塊順序可具有最少的填補量,這是因為它可避免顯示裝置相關的時序。在區塊順序模式中,可能需要此一或多個調變裝置來緩衝數據,然後適當地從每個區塊的一行(或行組)收集數據,之後再進行發送或寫入。According to the present invention, the gaze point display system with gaze point protocol or method includes two data order options: block order or raster order. In the block sequential mode operation, all data of a block is first sent, and any cutout pixels in the block are removed. If multiple blocks are used, then all the data of the second block will be sent, and so on until the last block. Further, in the operation of the block order mode, the order of the blocks may be different. In other words, the block data with the highest resolution Z0 can be the first or the last. Compared to the raster sequence mode, the block sequence can have the least amount of padding because it can avoid the timing associated with the display device. In the block sequential mode, one or more modulation devices may be required to buffer data, and then appropriately collect data from a row (or group of rows) in each block before sending or writing.

當使用光柵順序模式的操作時,在對應線組大小(LSS)輸出行的行數據組中發送多個字元。例如,LSS可以為四(LSS=4)。然而,LSS也是可配置的(如下將進一步詳細描述)。在一線組中,至少有兩個可用選項:區塊組順序(具有最後一個區塊0)或及時順序(JIT)。JIT透過首先收集第一行所需的所有數據(具有最後一個區塊0數據),然後收集行2的新數據,然後收集行3的新數據,依此類推,從而使得緩衝變得最為簡單。When using raster sequential mode operation, multiple characters are sent in the line data group corresponding to the line group size (LSS) output line. For example, LSS can be four (LSS=4). However, LSS is also configurable (described in further detail below). In the first-line group, there are at least two options available: block group order (with the last block 0) or just-in-time order (JIT). JIT first collects all the data required for the first row (with the last block 0 data), then collects the new data for row 2, and then collects the new data for row 3, and so on, making buffering the simplest.

在光柵順序與區塊順序模式操作中,數據可以類似光柵的方式逐行地從圖像的頂部/起始移動到底部/結束,這可能以由上至下順序或由下至上順序而相關聯於顯示裝置。在光柵順序模式中,顯示裝置持續追蹤行數量與線組數量;然後比較當前行/線組與每個區塊的標頭資訊,以判斷當前行/線組是否與一或多個區塊相交。光柵邏輯150根據標頭參數檢查對應的字元數量及線組格式(詳見本發明的圖3A與圖3B的細節)。In raster order and block order mode operation, data can be moved line by line from the top/start to the bottom/end of the image in a raster-like manner, which may be related in a top-down order or a bottom-up order于Display device. In raster sequence mode, the display device keeps track of the number of lines and line groups; then compares the current line/line group with the header information of each block to determine whether the current line/line group intersects one or more blocks . The raster logic 150 checks the number of corresponding characters and the format of the line group according to the header parameters (see the details of FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B of the present invention for details).

此一或多個調變裝置130可沿水平或垂直方向翻轉或反轉數據處理。此外,調變裝置130可透過一些數量的像素操縱整個圖像或圖像的至少一部份以匹配系統需求。這些功能可能與注視點技術正交且在不受干擾情況下一起運作。The one or more modulation devices 130 can flip or reverse data processing in a horizontal or vertical direction. In addition, the modulation device 130 can manipulate the entire image or at least a part of the image through a certain number of pixels to match system requirements. These functions may be orthogonal to the fixation technology and work together without interference.

圖像幀格式的數據順序可能不同於調變平面格式的數據順序。在一些實施例中,主機處理器可能較傾向區塊順序格式,而顯示裝置可能較傾向光柵順序格式。將這兩個介面視為一對,若顯示裝置接受區塊順序,則可以是區塊對區塊。若驅動器能夠從一個轉換到另一個,則可以是區塊對光柵。若主機處理器可輸出光柵順序 ,則可以是光柵對光柵。The data sequence of the image frame format may be different from the data sequence of the modulation plane format. In some embodiments, the host processor may prefer the block sequential format, and the display device may prefer the raster sequential format. Regarding these two interfaces as a pair, if the display device accepts the block order, it can be a block-to-block. If the drive can be converted from one to another, it can be block to raster. If the host processor can output the raster sequence, it can be raster to raster.

填補(Padding)Padding

在此揭露的注視點顯示系統與方法可包括四個不同類型的填補:每區塊填補、每行填補、每組填補及最小行時間填補。不同實施例可實現不同形式的填補。在至少一實施例中,光柵順序格式可啟用所有四個填補類型。在另一實施例中,區塊順序格式可僅啟用每區塊填補。每種類型可單獨被啟用/需求,因此可以在同一幀或平面中使用一種或所有種類的填補類型。The gaze point display system and method disclosed herein may include four different types of padding: padding per block, padding per row, padding per group, and minimum row time padding. Different embodiments can implement different forms of padding. In at least one embodiment, the raster sequential format can enable all four padding types. In another embodiment, the block sequential format may only enable padding per block. Each type can be activated/required separately, so one or all types of padding can be used in the same frame or plane.

每區塊填補(Per-zone padding)Per-zone padding

來自不同區塊的不同解析度的數據之間的轉換可能需要不同的控制以擴展數據及/或變更目標。因此,不同解析度的區塊不應該混合在同一傳輸字元中。結果,當數據塊的大小並非字元大小(Wsize)的倍數時,在此所揭露的注視點顯示系統與方法實現一區塊的最後字元的填補。取決於其他配置選項(例如字元大小、區塊大小及位元深度),可能不需要其他填補來滿足此限制。當以平面格式啟用此填補時,將添加虛擬填補像素,而並非添加具有圖像幀格式的像素。每個像素的單一位元在調變平面格式中放置每個字元的更多像素。在驅動控制器能夠為區塊順序調變平面插入每區塊填補並且可接受非填補圖像幀輸入數據的實施例中,圖像幀可不需要具有區塊順序填補。The conversion between data of different resolutions from different blocks may require different controls to expand the data and/or change the target. Therefore, blocks of different resolutions should not be mixed in the same transmission character. As a result, when the size of the data block is not a multiple of the character size (Wsize), the gaze point display system and method disclosed herein realize the filling of the last character of a block. Depending on other configuration options (such as character size, block size, and bit depth), other padding may not be needed to meet this limitation. When this padding is enabled in flat format, dummy padding pixels will be added instead of pixels with image frame format. A single bit per pixel places more pixels per character in the modulated plane format. In an embodiment where the drive controller can insert padding per block for the block sequential modulation plane and can accept input data of non-padded image frames, the image frame may not need to have block sequential padding.

每行填補(Per-row padding)Per-row padding

當Hsize不係為Hmpix * Wsize並且同一區塊的兩行的數據相鄰時,啟用每行填補的系統可在行間插入填補(在第一行的末端),使得新的行的數據在一字元的邊界開始。在一些實施例中,一裝置可允許在第一行的末端的部分數據包裝進下一行的第一字元,將下一行的所有數據位移一包裝量(wrap amount)。在這種情況下,透過不啟用每行填補,可以避免進行每行的填補。然而,部分字元的下一區塊之前的一區塊數據之末端的填補可能還是需要的,這是按照每個區塊填補所選擇。When Hsize is not Hmpix * Wsize and two rows of data in the same block are adjacent, the system that enables padding per row can insert padding between rows (at the end of the first row), making the data of the new row one word The boundary of the element starts. In some embodiments, a device may allow part of the data at the end of the first line to be packed into the first character of the next line, shifting all the data in the next line by a wrap amount. In this case, by not enabling padding per row, you can avoid padding per row. However, the padding at the end of the block data before the next block of some characters may still be needed, which is selected according to the padding of each block.

每組填補(Per-set padding)Per-set padding

每組填補係為僅在光柵順序格式中可用的選項。僅有光柵順序格式(非區塊順序)使用線組。每組填補在每個線組的末端加入填補,以在一字元邊界結束。如果啟用每區塊或每行填補,即使沒有啟用每組填補,線組仍將會在一字元邊界結束。Each set of padding is an option only available in raster sequential format. Only raster sequential formats (not block sequential) use line groups. Each group of padding is added to the end of each line group, ending with a one-character boundary. If each block or line padding is enabled, even if each set of padding is not enabled, the line group will still end at a character boundary.

最小行時間填補(Min-row-time padding)Min-row-time padding

最小行時間填補可在一行或行組的末端加入填補的所有或部分字元,以允許顯示裝置有足夠時間來滿足行選通時序(row strobe timing)。如果啟用,則使用一參數來定義需要多少個字元次數(word-times)以寫入一行或多行。多行同時寫入可使用交錯寫入方法。交錯量取決於要同時寫入的行之數量。可以為可用的多行寫入的選項的每一個大小定義不同的值。  舉例來說,一次一行的最小行字元(如最小行時脈=MRC)可為6(MRCx1=6)。一次兩行的MRC可為6(MRCx2=6);一次四行的MRC 可為7(MRCx4=7); 一次八行的MRC可為9(MRCx8=9)。首先將數據字元填補到其他填補模式所選擇的整個字元邊界,然後從每行或行組所需的字元次數(word-times)總數減去具有每行或行組的有效數據的字元總數,以計算所需的整個字元填充量。The minimum row time padding can add all or part of the padding characters at the end of a row or row group to allow the display device to have enough time to meet row strobe timing. If enabled, use a parameter to define how many word-times are needed to write one or more lines. Multiple lines can be written at the same time using the interleaved writing method. The amount of interleaving depends on the number of rows to be written simultaneously. A different value can be defined for each size of the available multi-line write options. For example, the minimum line character of one line at a time (for example, minimum line clock = MRC) can be 6 (MRCx1=6). The MRC for two rows at a time can be 6 (MRCx2=6); the MRC for four rows at a time can be 7 (MRCx4=7); the MRC for eight rows at a time can be 9 (MRCx8=9). First fill the data characters to the entire character boundary selected by other padding modes, and then subtract the words with valid data for each line or line group from the total number of characters (word-times) required for each line or line group The total number of yuan to calculate the amount of entire character padding required.

如果以區塊順序直接寫入部分的行,則這可應用於區塊數據的每一行(取決於此區塊的巨像素大小,這可能涉及單一行寫入或多行同時寫入)。If some rows are written directly in block order, this can be applied to each row of the block data (depending on the megapixel size of this block, this may involve a single row write or multiple simultaneous writes).

對於數據係以線組分組的光柵順序模式來說,僅在線組的數據結束後加入最小行時間填補。根據線組所需的行時間區段的數量,可能需要不同的總時間量,其中行時間區段的數量是由區塊的相交情況(crossing conditions)所決定。如果僅有單一組的唯一行數據(例如當整個線組被一巨像素行所覆蓋), 則僅需要一個行時間。如果有兩組或多組的唯一行數據,則加入每組的行時間以取得線組所需的總時間。當僅在一行時間中寫入一線組(例如線組僅被一行時間所覆蓋),則可同時寫入所有的行,然後可使用對應的最小行時間來計算所需的填補量。舉例來說,如果在給定MRCx4=7的情況下同時間寫入四行並且有四個巨像素字元,則可插入/預期有三個填補字元。如果線組與區塊Z0相交,其中個別寫入所有行、LSS=4、MRCx1=6且有22個字元來傳輸線組數據,則需要兩個填補字元以使得總共有6*4=24個字元/時脈。For the raster sequence mode in which the data is grouped in line groups, the minimum line time padding is added only after the data in the line group ends. Depending on the number of line time segments required by the line group, different total time amounts may be required. The number of line time segments is determined by the crossing conditions of the blocks. If there is only a single group of unique line data (for example, when the entire line group is covered by a giant pixel row), only one line time is required. If there are two or more sets of unique row data, the row time of each group is added to obtain the total time required for the line group. When only one line group is written in one line time (for example, the line group is only covered by one line time), all lines can be written at the same time, and then the corresponding minimum line time can be used to calculate the required filling amount. For example, if four lines are written at the same time and there are four giant pixel characters given MRCx4=7, then three padding characters can be inserted/expected. If the line group intersects with the block Z0, all rows are written individually, LSS=4, MRCx1=6 and there are 22 characters to transmit the line group data, two padding characters are needed to make a total of 6*4=24 Characters/clock.

在應用到此調變平面協定的所有情況下,當此兩種格式使用同一模式與順序時,在注視點圖像幀中插入必然的像素填補以便於直接轉換為調變平面格式。首先要計算調變平面字元所需的填補。然後,在此圖像幀中為調變平面中的每個填補添加一填補像素。In all cases where this modulation plane protocol is applied, when the two formats use the same mode and sequence, necessary pixel padding is inserted into the gaze point image frame to facilitate direct conversion to the modulation plane format. The first step is to calculate the padding needed to modulate the flat characters. Then, in this image frame, a padding pixel is added for each padding in the modulation plane.

在一些實施例中,使用水平大小(Hsizes),其中水平大小 (Hsizes)係為對應的區塊之字元大小(Wsize)與巨像素大小的乘積,可減少在大部分情況下區塊數據間所需的填補。舉例來說,若Wsize=128、 Z2Hsize=2048、Z1Hsize=1024且Z2Hmpix=4,則區塊1外的Z2字元數量為:(2048-1024)/4/128 = 2.0;然而若區塊2較小:(1920-1024)/4/128 = 1.75;或者若區塊1較小(如果眼睛凝視係靠近邊緣):(2048-896)/4/128 = 2.25。這也可導致區塊1中的填補;若在凝視靠近邊緣時區塊大小並未減少,整體上可能會減少填補(較少的字元)。In some embodiments, the horizontal size (Hsizes) is used, where the horizontal size (Hsizes) is the product of the character size (Wsize) of the corresponding block and the size of the giant pixel, which can reduce the size of the block data in most cases. The required fill. For example, if Wsize=128, Z2Hsize=2048, Z1Hsize=1024 and Z2Hmpix=4, the number of Z2 characters outside block 1 is: (2048-1024)/4/128 = 2.0; however, if block 2 Smaller: (1920-1024)/4/128 = 1.75; or if block 1 is small (if the gaze is close to the edge): (2048-896)/4/128 = 2.25. This can also lead to padding in block 1; if the block size does not decrease when gazing close to the edge, the padding may be reduced overall (fewer characters).

線組大小 (Line-Set-Size,LSS)Line-Set-Size (LSS)

以一組的形式(光柵順序模式)寫入的顯示行之數量。這也指示與LSS相同大小的區塊/巨像素行可同時寫入的行之最大數量 。由於實體的線路佈局,顯示裝置可具有固定的LSS,這可能需要系統及驅動器使用此LSS或更小。LSS的值也可定義一匹配水平擴展能力。當不是這種情況時,可能使用另一個參數。因此,若顯示器可以支援最大LSS=4(max Vmpix=4),則此顯示器也可以支援最大Hmpix=4。The number of display lines written in a group (raster sequential mode). This also indicates the maximum number of lines that can be simultaneously written to a block/megapixel line of the same size as the LSS. Due to the physical circuit layout, the display device may have a fixed LSS, which may require the system and the driver to use this LSS or smaller. The value of LSS can also define a matching horizontal expansion capability. When this is not the case, another parameter may be used. Therefore, if the display can support the maximum LSS=4 (max Vmpix=4), then the display can also support the maximum Hmpix=4.

作為非限定的範例,若僅有單一個區塊,則此線組大小可為一(LSS=1),這意味著沒有注視點減少;區塊0填充此顯示器,每行具有Hres(水平解析度)像素且Vres(垂直解析度)像素行數量。換言之, Z0Hsize=Hres;Z0Vsize=Vres。這是全解析度下的正常顯示模式;每條線的大小相同:Hres位元。As a non-limiting example, if there is only a single block, the size of the line group can be one (LSS=1), which means that there is no reduction in fixation points; block 0 fills the display, and each line has Hres (horizontal resolution Degree) pixels and Vres (vertical resolution) number of pixel rows. In other words, Z0Hsize=Hres; Z0Vsize=Vres. This is the normal display mode at full resolution; each line has the same size: Hres bits.

作為另一個非限定的範例,若僅有兩個區塊(例如區塊0與區塊1),其中區塊1垂直及水平 巨像素大小為2^1=2且LSS=2,則一線組覆蓋二個顯示行。Z1Hsize=Hres;Z1Vsize=Vres;Z1Hbits = Z1Hsize/Z1Hmpix = Hres/2。一些線組將僅在區塊1中: Z1Hbits位元的一條線對應於顯示像素的兩個行。將需要x=Z1Hbits/Wsize個字元來為此線組傳輸數據。若這是一個非整數的字元且每區塊填補被啟用(或者因為在此線組中僅有單一個區塊,每組填補被啟用),則將其四捨五入。此組中的最後一個字元將具有未使用/填補的數據。此外,當啟用最小行時間填補,若x > n,則加入填補字元以滿足n,其中n = 寫入單一行的時脈最小數量。舉例來說,此線組僅係為一個巨像素行。As another non-limiting example, if there are only two blocks (for example, block 0 and block 1), where the vertical and horizontal macro pixel sizes of block 1 are 2^1=2 and LSS=2, then a line group Overwrite two display lines. Z1Hsize=Hres; Z1Vsize=Vres; Z1Hbits = Z1Hsize/Z1Hmpix = Hres/2. Some line groups will only be in block 1: One line of Z1Hbits bits corresponds to two rows of display pixels. It will need x=Z1Hbits/Wsize characters to transmit data for this line group. If this is a non-integer character and each block padding is enabled (or because there is only a single block in this line group, each set of padding is enabled), then it is rounded up. The last character in this group will have unused/filled data. In addition, when the minimum line time padding is enabled, if x> n, padding characters are added to satisfy n, where n = the minimum number of clocks for writing a single line. For example, this line group is only one giant pixel row.

其餘的線組將橫跨區塊Z0及區塊Z1。在這種情況下,區塊 1字元會先被發送,接著發送區塊Z0數據的兩行。如果在顯示器中區塊Z0數據的每一側都有區塊Z1數據,則區塊Z1數據被包裝在一起到區塊Z1字元組當中。顯示器將使用來自標頭的偏移參數將它們分離。該線組的總字元為x0(區塊Z0字元)+ x1(區塊 Z1 字元) + xp (填補字元); x0+x1+xp >= 2n。The rest of the line groups will traverse block Z0 and block Z1. In this case, the block 1 character will be sent first, and then the two lines of block Z0 data will be sent. If there is a block Z1 data on each side of the block Z0 data in the display, the block Z1 data is packed together into the block Z1 character group. The display will separate them using the offset parameter from the header. The total characters of this line group are x0 (block Z0 characters) + x1 (block Z1 characters) + xp (filling characters); x0+x1+xp >= 2n.

作為另一非限制性範例,如果有三個區塊且LSS=4,則線組覆蓋四個顯示線。此外,Z2Hsize=Hres且Z2Hmpix=4、Z1Hmpix=2。一些線組將僅在區塊Z2中(區塊Z1之外): Hres/4位元的線對應於顯示像素的Z2Vmpix=4行。將需要x2=Hres/4/Wsize字元來傳輸該線組的數據。如果這是為一個非整數的字元且啟用了相應的填補,則將四捨五入。該組的最後字元將具有未使用的/填補數據在其中。此外,在啟用最小行時間填補的情況下,若x2 > n,則加入填補字元以滿足n。As another non-limiting example, if there are three blocks and LSS=4, the line group covers four display lines. In addition, Z2Hsize=Hres, Z2Hmpix=4, Z1Hmpix=2. Some line groups will only be in zone Z2 (outside zone Z1): Hres/4-bit lines correspond to Z2Vmpix=4 lines of display pixels. Will need x2=Hres/4/Wsize characters to transmit the data of this line group. If this is a non-integer character and the corresponding padding is enabled, it will be rounded up. The last character of the group will have unused/filled data in it. In addition, when the minimum line time padding is enabled, if x2> n, padding characters are added to satisfy n.

如果線組橫跨所有的三個區塊,則區塊Z2數據先被發送(以簡化顯示線緩衝的寫入),區塊Z1與區塊Z0數據依據及時(just-in-time,JIT)順序而按序排列。每個字元僅包含來自同一區塊的數據;在區塊組的最後字元中可能有未使用的位元。取決於區塊大小,可能不需要填補字元來滿足做最小行時間。由於區塊0中每行的唯一數據,因此每行係為每次寫入一次。線組的總字元:x = x0+x1+x2+xp,其中x>=4n。因為不包括區塊Z1與Z0中該線的一部分,因此區塊2數據的字元數量少於前一個範例的數量。因此,x2 = roundup((Z2Hsize-Z1Hsize)/Z2Hmpix/Wsize)。If the line group spans all three blocks, the block Z2 data is sent first (to simplify the writing of the display line buffer), and the block Z1 and block Z0 data are based on just-in-time (JIT) In order and in order. Each character only contains data from the same block; there may be unused bits in the last character of the block group. Depending on the block size, it may not be necessary to pad characters to meet the minimum line time. Since each row in block 0 has unique data, each row is written once at a time. The total characters of the line group: x = x0+x1+x2+xp, where x>=4n. Because part of the line in blocks Z1 and Z0 is not included, the number of characters in block 2 data is less than the number in the previous example. Therefore, x2 = roundup((Z2Hsize-Z1Hsize)/Z2Hmpix/Wsize).

在一些實施例中,也可能使用一些非標準格式,其中期望低解析度(low-res)覆蓋整個顯示器。可能以多個區塊定義,但使較高解析度區塊大小為零。也可以定義僅具有一區塊(區塊 0)的格式,但定義其巨像素大小係大於1。在這種情況下,也設定LSS等於此較大巨像素的大小,以啟用同時行寫入。顯示裝置將必須與此格式與系統配置兼容。In some embodiments, it is also possible to use some non-standard formats, where low-res resolution (low-res) is expected to cover the entire display. It may be defined by multiple blocks, but the higher resolution block size is zero. It is also possible to define a format with only one block (block 0), but define the size of its giant pixels to be greater than 1. In this case, the LSS is also set equal to the size of this larger giant pixel to enable simultaneous line writing. The display device will have to be compatible with this format and system configuration.

最小行時脈(Min Row Clocks)Min Row Clocks

顯示裝置具有時序需求以將一行寫入其陣列。在給定的時脈速度下,這可轉換為最小時脈數量 (“n”)。當僅為整體顯示器寫入高解析度(high-res)數據時,有許多時脈/時間寫入每一行。然而,當傳輸低解析度區塊中線組的巨像素的單一行時,數據的數量遠小於且可能短於將一行寫入陣列所需的時間。例如,在具有三個區塊且一線組於區塊Z2中的情況下,僅提供時脈/字元的四分之一,這對於行寫入時序來說可能太短。透過定義所需的最小時脈數量,發送器可在線組數據的末端填補額外的字元,以滿足所需的時序。對於區塊Z2僅具有LSS=4的線組,只需要1n(或1*MRCx4)的行時間;因此,可同時寫入所有的四個行。對於區塊Z1與Z2 線組,則需要2n(或2*MRCx2)的行時間;從而將該些行成對地寫入。對應橫跨所有三個區塊的線組,則需要4n(或4*MRCx1)的行時間;從而分別地寫入該些行。The display device has timing requirements to write a row into its array. At a given clock speed, this can be converted to the minimum number of clocks ("n"). When writing high-res data only for the overall display, there are many clocks/times written to each line. However, when transmitting a single row of giant pixels in a line group in a low-resolution block, the amount of data is much smaller and may be shorter than the time required to write a row into the array. For example, in the case of three blocks and one line group in block Z2, only one quarter of the clock/character is provided, which may be too short for the line write timing. By defining the required minimum number of clocks, the transmitter can fill in extra characters at the end of the online group data to meet the required timing. For the block Z2 with only the line group with LSS=4, only 1n (or 1*MRCx4) line time is required; therefore, all four lines can be written at the same time. For the block Z1 and Z2 line group, 2n (or 2*MRCx2) line time is required; thus these lines are written in pairs. Corresponding to the line group spanning all three blocks, 4n (or 4*MRCx1) line time is required; thus, these lines are written separately.

在一些實施例中,在此所述的方法不使用數據啟用或等待訊號進行動態流控制;這是已知可預測的時序需求並且可透過填補所傳輸的數據來解決。In some embodiments, the method described here does not use data enable or wait signals for dynamic flow control; this is a known and predictable timing requirement and can be solved by filling in the transmitted data.

數據格式(Data Formats)Data Formats

圖8A係依據一些實施例所繪示的主機記憶體中注視點圖像的數據格式。主機記憶體中的注視點圖像可包含例如三個區塊的巨像素的全彩圖像。如圖所示,每組當中的每行的長度與行的數量取決於區塊大小與偏移。在本發明的一實施例中,即使在一區塊中,根據本發明的系統及/或方法可具有較短的行,對應於具有內部區塊切口的區域;其中在切口任一側的區塊的兩側之數據被連接在一起,以節省空間及帶寬/時間。FIG. 8A shows the data format of the gaze point image in the host memory according to some embodiments. The gaze point image in the host memory may include, for example, a full-color image of three blocks of giant pixels. As shown in the figure, the length of each row and the number of rows in each group depend on the block size and offset. In an embodiment of the present invention, even in a block, the system and/or method according to the present invention may have shorter rows, corresponding to areas with internal block cuts; where the zones on either side of the cuts The data on both sides of the block are connected together to save space and bandwidth/time.

圖8B係依據一些實施例所繪示的圖像幀或調變平面的數據格式,其中所述數據透過具有區塊填補(pad)的區塊順序發送。要注意的是,如圖所示,當使用區塊末端填補時會使巨像素數據在顯示字元邊界上結束。然而,根據本發明之一實施例,所述巨像素數據可能不會在視頻行邊界上結束。FIG. 8B shows a data format of an image frame or a modulation plane according to some embodiments, wherein the data is sent sequentially through blocks with pads. It should be noted that, as shown in the figure, when using block end padding, the giant pixel data will end on the display character boundary. However, according to an embodiment of the present invention, the macro pixel data may not end on the video line boundary.

標準圖像傳輸介面的視頻格式可使用一般的行長度,其與區塊行長度不匹配。巨像素行被包裝並且包裹進視頻行的有效數據當中。在本發明的一實施例中,每個視頻介面行之間存在有空白時間(blanking time)。The video format of the standard image transmission interface can use the general line length, which does not match the block line length. The megapixel row is packed and wrapped into the valid data of the video row. In an embodiment of the present invention, there is a blanking time (blanking time) between each video interface line.

平面數據格式通常是連續的數據。平面數據格式可與圖像數據格式非常相似。它們係僅每個巨像素1位元,而不是每個巨像素n位元。沒有水平同步(H-sync)或水平空白(H-blanking)。The flat data format is usually continuous data. The flat data format can be very similar to the image data format. They are only 1 bit per giant pixel instead of n bits per giant pixel. There is no horizontal synchronization (H-sync) or horizontal blanking (H-blanking).

圖8B、8C、8D及8E所示的數據格式可以是全彩巨像素的格式。對於色序格式(color-sequential formats),在標頭之後的數據順序重複三次。對於色序數據(color-sequential data)來說,字元邊界的填補量可能不同。The data format shown in FIGS. 8B, 8C, 8D, and 8E may be a full-color giant pixel format. For color-sequential formats, the data sequence after the header is repeated three times. For color-sequential data, the filling amount of the character boundary may be different.

圖8C係依據一些實施例所繪示的圖像幀或調變平面的數據格式,其中所述數據係透過具有行填補的區塊順序發送。要注意的是,區塊Z0的行可能需要填補以在顯示字元的邊界上結束,但通常區塊Z0的水平大小(H-size)係在字元邊界上。FIG. 8C shows a data format of an image frame or a modulation plane according to some embodiments, wherein the data is sent sequentially through blocks with line padding. It should be noted that the line of block Z0 may need to be filled to end on the boundary of the display character, but usually the horizontal size (H-size) of block Z0 is on the character boundary.

圖8D係依據一些實施例所繪示的圖像幀或調變平面的數據格式,其中所述的數據格式係透過具有每個區塊及線組行時序填補的光柵順序與區塊組順序所發送。應注意的是,根據區塊垂直偏移,第一線組通常僅包含外部區塊的數據,如圖所示。但它可具有多個區塊數據。FIG. 8D is a data format of an image frame or a modulation plane according to some embodiments, wherein the data format is determined by the raster sequence and the block group sequence with each block and line group line timing padding. send. It should be noted that according to the vertical offset of the block, the first line group usually only contains the data of the outer block, as shown in the figure. But it can have multiple blocks of data.

顯示器的水平大小(H-size) 會比任何巨像素行來得更寬。巨像素行被填補到字元邊界,然後包裝在一起於數據流中。應注意的是,區塊Z0行可能需要填補以在顯示字元邊界上結束;但通常區塊Z0的水平大小(H-size)係在字元邊界上。The horizontal size (H-size) of the display will be wider than any giant pixel row. The megapixel rows are filled to the character boundaries, and then packed together in the data stream. It should be noted that the block Z0 line may need to be filled to end on the display character boundary; but usually the horizontal size (H-size) of the block Z0 is on the character boundary.

圖8E係依據一些實施例所繪示的圖像幀或調變平面的數據格式,其中所述的數據格式係透過具有每個區塊及線組行時序填補的光柵順序與及時(Just-In-Time,JIT)順序所發送。巨像素數據被包裝為行組並且針對字元邊界及時序需求進行填補,然後包裝在一起於數據流中。應注意的是,根據區塊垂直偏移,第一線組通常僅包含外部區塊的數據,如圖所示。然而,在一些實施例中,可以有多個區塊數據。FIG. 8E is a data format of an image frame or a modulation plane according to some embodiments. The data format is based on a raster sequence and time (Just-In -Time, JIT) are sent in sequence. The giant pixel data is packed into line groups and filled according to the character boundary and timing requirements, and then packed together in the data stream. It should be noted that according to the vertical offset of the block, the first line group usually only contains the data of the outer block, as shown in the figure. However, in some embodiments, there may be multiple blocks of data.

每陣列多個驅動器(Multi-Drivers Per Array Column)Multi-Drivers Per Array Column

對於多驅動器配置,圖9A係依據一些實施例所繪示的列多驅動器配置的實體佈局;調變平面特別地緊湊以符合具有些微數據的像素陣列寫入時序及線組(例如僅跨越最高巨像素比率區塊的數據)可能需要額外時間來完成多行寫入操作。在一些實施例中,可使用多列驅動器以一次性地同時寫入多行線組,而非加入填補像素/位元來滿足時序。示出了每列一個、兩個及四個驅動器的配置。示出了多驅動器的各種排列,其中1、2、4或8個相鄰行共用同一個驅動器;所屬領域通常知識者應理解這些選項擴展至更大的組。For the multi-driver configuration, FIG. 9A shows the physical layout of the column multi-driver configuration according to some embodiments; the modulation plane is particularly compact to comply with the writing timing and line group of the pixel array with small data (for example, only across the highest macro). Pixel ratio block data) may require additional time to complete multi-line write operations. In some embodiments, multiple column drivers can be used to write multiple row line groups at the same time instead of adding padding pixels/bits to meet timing. The configurations of one, two, and four drives per column are shown. Various arrangements of multiple drives are shown, where 1, 2, 4, or 8 adjacent rows share the same drive; those skilled in the art should understand that these options are extended to larger groups.

圖9B係依據一些實施例所繪示的對於特定線組條件及同時分組之圖9A的多驅動器配排列所需的行寫入次數(number of row write times)。在設計上需要權衡使用多個列驅動器,而非佈線空間及行寫入次數。且在另一較大相鄰驅動器排列及額外緩衝之間做權衡以同時寫入更多線組。一些系統或實施例也可提供注視點圖像的單一像素操縱(垂直與水平),這導致線組與相鄰驅動器排列不對齊,進一步地加重了多驅動器的優點,並且需要更大的組,從而相較於每列單一驅動器的情況,可以達成時間節省。FIG. 9B shows the number of row write times (number of row write times) required for the multi-drive arrangement of FIG. 9A for specific line group conditions and simultaneous grouping according to some embodiments. In the design, there is a trade-off between using multiple column drivers instead of wiring space and row write times. And there is a trade-off between another larger adjacent drive arrangement and additional buffering to write more line groups at the same time. Some systems or embodiments can also provide single pixel manipulation (vertical and horizontal) of the gaze point image, which results in misalignment of the line group with the adjacent driver arrangement, further aggravating the advantages of multiple drivers and requiring larger groups, Thus, compared with the case of a single drive per column, time saving can be achieved.

為了克服與大型巨像素相關的最小行時間填補,顯示裝置的每個顯示列具有多個列驅動器。每個驅動器可分為不同的相鄰行的組,以便具有不同數據的多個不同行可同時被寫入;這允許最小行時序應用到多個行組。來自第一行/線組的數據可以被緩衝以與第二行/線組一起使用,依此類推。根據本發明,透過使用以下參數,這些級別可被定義且包含在標頭,或者與系統、方法及/或協定發送給顯示器的數據,所述參數如下:In order to overcome the minimum line time filling associated with large megapixels, each display column of the display device has multiple column drivers. Each driver can be divided into different groups of adjacent rows so that multiple different rows with different data can be written simultaneously; this allows the minimum row timing to be applied to multiple row groups. The data from the first row/line group can be buffered for use with the second row/line group, and so on. According to the present invention, by using the following parameters, these levels can be defined and included in the header, or with the system, method and/or agreement with the data sent to the display, the parameters are as follows:

1to1:這表示每列使用一個驅動器。1to1: This means that each column uses one drive.

2ps:這表示每列使用兩個驅動器,每個線組使用一個:一個連接所有的偶數線組行,另一個連接所有的奇數線組行。這允許將來自兩線組的數據/時脈應用於一線組的該些行所需的時序。這是假設此兩線組均跨越相同數量的區塊(V步長應為2*LSS)。在此第二線組後應用仍需要的任何填補。2ps: This means that each column uses two drivers, and each line group uses one: one connects all the even-numbered line group rows, and the other connects all the odd-numbered line group rows. This allows the data/clock from the two-wire group to be applied to the timing required for the rows of the one-wire group. This is assuming that the two line groups span the same number of blocks (V step size should be 2*LSS). Any padding still needed is applied after this second line set.

2ph:這表示每列使用兩個驅動器,每半個線組使用一個:一個連接該線組行的上半部,另一個連接該線組行的下半部。這允許線組跨越二個最大區塊,通常需要同時二行次數(row times)的寫入;對整個線組使用時脈以符合MRC。相較於全線組映射,可能比較不傾向此選項。2ph: This means that each column uses two drivers, and each half of the line group uses one: one is connected to the upper half of the line group row, and the other is connected to the lower half of the line group row. This allows the line group to span the two largest blocks, which usually requires simultaneous two row times (row times) writes; use the clock for the entire line group to comply with MRC. Compared to the full line group mapping, this option may be less inclined.

4ph:這表示每列使用四個驅動器,每半個線組使用一個:一個連接所有的偶數線組上半部的行,下一個連接偶數線組下半部的行,下一個連接所有的奇數線組上半部的行,最後一個連接奇數線組下半部的行。這為最大區塊及最大的兩個區塊提供更多時間。同樣地,垂直步長(V-step-size)應為2*LSS。4ph: This means that each column uses four drivers, and each half of the line group uses one: one line connects all the upper half of the even line group, the next connects the lower half of the even line group, and the next connects all the odd lines The row in the upper half of the line group, and the last one connected to the row in the lower half of the odd-numbered line group. This provides more time for the largest block and the two largest blocks. Similarly, the vertical step size (V-step-size) should be 2*LSS.

4ps:這表示每列使用四個驅動器,每個線組使用一個:一個連接四個線組的第一個,下一個連接四個線組的第二個,下一個連接四個線組的第三個,最後一個連接四個線組的第四個。這允許將來自四個線組的數據時間應用於一線組所需的時序。 (V-step-size應為4*LSS)。4ps: This means that each column uses four drivers, and each line group uses one: one connects the first of the four line groups, the next connects the second of the four line groups, and the next connects the first of the four line groups. Three, the last one connects to the fourth of the four wire groups. This allows the data time from the four wire groups to be applied to the timing required for the one wire group. (V-step-size should be 4*LSS).

作為非限制性的範例,如果顯示器應用2ps多驅動器(標頭選擇MD=2ps)且LSS=4,則對於最小行時間填補,這就像是將兩個線組視為一個。然而,顯示器緩衝數據以同時寫入兩個線組。因此,n僅適用於在區塊2中結合的線組之時脈數量;其中,如果在區塊1與2中,時脈數量係為2n;並且如果線組橫跨區塊0,則時脈數量係為4n。應當注意的是,這也將垂直方向上區塊的大小與偏移限制為八個顯示行的倍數。以此方式,四行的兩組皆具有跨越條件的相同區塊。As a non-limiting example, if the display uses a 2ps multidrive (header selection MD=2ps) and LSS=4, then for the minimum line time padding, it is like treating two line groups as one. However, the display buffers data to write two line groups simultaneously. Therefore, n only applies to the number of clocks of the line group combined in block 2; among them, if in blocks 1 and 2, the number of clocks is 2n; and if the line set crosses block 0, then The number of pulses is 4n. It should be noted that this also limits the size and offset of the block in the vertical direction to a multiple of eight display lines. In this way, both groups of the four rows have the same block across the condition.

巨像素比率、每度的像素數及每像素的視錐數(Macropixel ratios, Pixels-per-Degree and Cones-per-Pixel)Macropixel ratios, pixels per degree, and cones per pixel (Macropixel ratios, Pixels-per-Degree and Cones-per-Pixel)

圖10係繪示了從公開來源獲得的相對於注視點之人眼各區域的直徑、視場寬度及視錐密度。此數據用作為注視點顯示系統的光學設計考量的範例。Figure 10 shows the diameter, field width, and cone density of each region of the human eye relative to the gaze point obtained from public sources. This data is used as an example of optical design considerations for the gaze point display system.

分析匹配於顯示硬體特性的人類視覺反應的最直接方式係為在像素解析度中使用二進制倍數(整數步長的合理值及其他選項將於後續討論)。舉例來說,讓中心的高解析度巨像素為1x1的顯示像素,降低解析度的下一步驟為一巨像素,其大小相當於2x2的高解析度像素,下一個為4x4,然後是8x8,依此類推。然而,由於中心與周邊視錐密度之間的最大比率為10-14:1(詳見圖10),因此8x8以上沒有二進制倍數維持在人類視覺靈敏度中。根據本發明之一實施例,區塊的水平巨像素比率與垂直巨像比率相同,例如可導致每個巨像素的顯示像素之方形陣列;然而可使用矩形巨像素的尺寸。於本發明之一實施例中,每個巨像素比率可以是一整數,其啟用顯示裝置硬體,以在水平及/或垂直方向上將每個巨像素的位元或值複製(或寫入)到對應的顯示像素的位元或值。The most direct way to analyze the human visual response that matches the characteristics of the display hardware is to use binary multiples in the pixel resolution (reasonable values of integer step size and other options will be discussed later). For example, let the high-resolution giant pixel in the center be a 1x1 display pixel, and the next step to reduce the resolution is a giant pixel whose size is equivalent to a 2x2 high-resolution pixel, the next is 4x4, and then 8x8. So on and so forth. However, since the maximum ratio between the center and peripheral cone density is 10-14:1 (see Figure 10 for details), there is no binary multiple above 8x8 to maintain human visual acuity. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the horizontal macro pixel ratio and the vertical macro image ratio of the block are the same, for example, resulting in a square array of display pixels for each macro pixel; however, the size of rectangular macro pixels can be used. In an embodiment of the present invention, the ratio of each macro pixel may be an integer, which enables the display device hardware to copy (or write in) the bit or value of each macro pixel in the horizontal and/or vertical direction. ) To the bit or value of the corresponding display pixel.

成像應用(imaging application)通常選擇中心區域的解析度,其匹配一區域的平均解析度,其中該區域大於小凹區(Foveola)或中心凹無血管區(FAZ);因此,此應用不使用最高注視點密度(fovea density)。顯示器通常不包括使用者視場(FOV)的整個周邊;因此不使用在外圍周邊的人類視覺之最低靈敏度。較低解析度區塊的每一個係基於該區塊的內邊界上該區塊的最高靈敏度部分而選擇其解析度。或者換句話說,基於下降到該區塊的所選擇之解析度來選擇視覺靈敏度內區塊邊界。這是意指最低系統解析度將會基於兩個最低解析度區塊之間的邊界的靈敏度,其係為遠小於總視場(FOV)的一角度。因此,考量到所有的這三個因素,最高到最低解析度的比率可僅為4:1。Imaging applications usually choose the resolution of the central area, which matches the average resolution of an area, where the area is larger than the foveola or foveola avascular area (FAZ); therefore, this application does not use the highest Fovea density. The display usually does not include the entire periphery of the user's field of view (FOV); therefore, the lowest sensitivity of human vision at the periphery is not used. The resolution of each of the lower resolution blocks is selected based on the highest sensitivity part of the block on the inner boundary of the block. Or in other words, the boundary of the visual acuity inner block is selected based on the selected resolution down to the block. This means that the lowest system resolution will be based on the sensitivity of the boundary between the two lowest resolution blocks, which is an angle much smaller than the total field of view (FOV). Therefore, considering all these three factors, the ratio of the highest to the lowest resolution can be only 4:1.

中心高解析度區塊中每個顯示像素的視錐(cone)數量係為選擇光學系統以使解析度適合於視場的另一種方法。業界認為一“視網膜 顯示器”在中心區域中每VF度(per degree of VF)具有60個像素,大約相當於每個像素有5-8個視錐(其中,小凹區:在一平面上,500 視錐/公釐 * .35公釐/度/ 60像素/度 = 2.9視錐/像素; 2.92 = 在一區域中,8.5視錐/像素。中心凹無血管區(FAZ):在一平面上,400視錐/公釐 * .5公釐/1.5度 / 60像素/度 = 2.22視錐/像素; 2.222 =在一區域中,4.9視錐/像素)。注視點顯示系統與方法不選擇視錐像素閾值或靈敏度;由應用程式所控制。注視點顯示系統與方法僅將中心區塊解析度的比率關聯於較低解析度區塊。The number of cones of each display pixel in the central high-resolution block is another method for selecting the optical system to make the resolution suitable for the field of view. The industry believes that a "retinal display" has 60 pixels per degree of VF in the central area, which is approximately equivalent to 5-8 viewing cones per pixel (among them, the small concave area: on a plane, 500 cones/mm* .35 mm/degree/60 pixels/degree = 2.9 cones/pixel; 2.92 = in an area, 8.5 cones/pixel. Foveal avascular area (FAZ): a plane Above, 400 frustum/mm * .5 mm/1.5 degrees/ 60 pixels/degree = 2.22 frustum/pixel; 2.222 = 4.9 frustum/pixel in one area). The fixation point display system and method do not select the frustum pixel threshold or sensitivity; it is controlled by the application. The fixation point display system and method only associate the resolution ratio of the center block with the lower resolution block.

如上所述,使用解析度的二次方步驟,周邊視覺需求小於中心區域的線性解析度的四分之一。因此, 使用4x4巨像素(1巨像素代表16個顯示像素,相當於區域解析度下降1/16)係為一種相應的選項。因此,外部注視點區的解析度可被定義為4x4。在4x4與1x1之間僅有一個二進制步長,即為2x2。 因此,定義三個區塊,其中一區塊與每個二進制解析度步長重合。可以支援其他數量的區塊及解析度步長,但這三個對於注視點顯示系統與方法來說係為典型的。As mentioned above, using the quadratic step of resolution, the peripheral vision requirement is less than a quarter of the linear resolution of the central area. Therefore, using 4x4 megapixels (1 megapixel represents 16 display pixels, which is equivalent to a 1/16 reduction in area resolution) is a corresponding option. Therefore, the resolution of the external fixation area can be defined as 4x4. There is only one binary step between 4x4 and 1x1, which is 2x2. Therefore, three blocks are defined, one of which coincides with each binary resolution step. Other numbers of blocks and resolution steps can be supported, but these three are typical for the fixation point display system and method.

區塊的大小或區塊間的轉換(Sizes of Zones or Transition Between Zones)Sizes of Zones or Transition Between Zones (Sizes of Zones or Transition Between Zones)

下一考量可能是在區塊間的轉換以及帶寬的總減少量為多少。在本發明的一實施例中,區塊間的轉換之位置取決於光學系統參數及主機處理器的需求。此注視點顯示系統與方法不知(agnostic)每個區塊的大小(如後續所討論,具有重疊區域及區域中步長大小的較小限制)。觀察注視點區域的外形以理解主機將控制的解析度減少的幅度係具啟發性的。從使用者視場角度來分析解析度,可以從凝視中心的角度VF來定義每個轉換點。在近中心凹(Perifovea)與中等周邊(Mid Peripheral)之間的邊界執行從周邊低解析度(4x4的巨像素)到中解析度(2x2的巨像素)的轉換(因為它的圓錐密度為中心區域的線性四分之一),這大約距離中心9°。系統可增加一些容忍度以允許眼睛追蹤準確度及延遲。如果容忍度為5°,此轉換可推到±14°。類似地,可以在中央凹(Fovea Centralis)與中心近側(Parafovea)之間的邊界有從中解析度(2x2的巨像素)到全解析度(1x1像素)的轉換(因為它的圓錐密度為中心區域的二分之一),這大約是±3°;在相同的追蹤容忍度之下,可使區塊轉換約為±8°。具有極寬廣的視場(Field of View,FOV)的一些系統甚至可接受從四分之一解析度到八分之一解析度的第三個轉換。The next consideration may be the conversion between blocks and the total reduction in bandwidth. In an embodiment of the present invention, the position of the conversion between the blocks depends on the optical system parameters and the requirements of the host processor. This gaze point display system and method are agnostic of the size of each block (as discussed later, there is a small limit on the overlap area and the step size in the area). It is illuminating to observe the shape of the gaze point area to understand how much the host will reduce the resolution of the control. To analyze the resolution from the perspective of the user's field of view, each conversion point can be defined from the angle of the gaze center VF. Perform the conversion from low resolution (4x4 megapixels) to medium resolution (2x2 megapixels) at the boundary between Perifovea and Mid Peripheral (because its cone density is the center The linear quarter of the area), which is approximately 9° from the center. The system can add some tolerance to allow eye tracking accuracy and delay. If the tolerance is 5°, this conversion can be pushed to ±14°. Similarly, the boundary between Fovea Centralis and Parafovea can be converted from medium resolution (2x2 megapixels) to full resolution (1x1 pixels) (because its cone density is the center Half of the area), which is approximately ±3°; under the same tracking tolerance, the block conversion can be approximately ±8°. Some systems with extremely wide Field of View (FOV) can even accept a third conversion from one-quarter resolution to one-eighth resolution.

所有的轉換考量因素對本注視點顯示系統與方法幾乎沒有影響。系統設計師將必須判斷最差情況下的區塊大小,以計算最大帶寬的需求。如後續所示,一個具備三區塊的典型配置,具有每只眼睛的視場(FOV)為六十度,將帶寬減少為六分之一;較寬的FOV及較緊的追蹤容忍度會進一步使它降低。All conversion considerations have almost no effect on the fixation point display system and method. The system designer will have to determine the worst-case block size to calculate the maximum bandwidth requirement. As shown later, a typical configuration with three blocks has a field of view (FOV) of 60 degrees for each eye, reducing the bandwidth to one-sixth; a wider FOV and tighter tracking tolerance will Further reduce it.

數位顯示裝置(Digital Display Device)Digital Display Device

數位顯示裝置通常使用記憶體陣列結構來控制顯示器的像素;顯示器中的每列具有列數據驅動器並且每行具有寫入功能。因此,可以一次性的寫入像素的所有行。因此,在可寫入該行之前,與同一行重疊的來自不同區塊的數據可結合在一起。一些顯示裝置可具有區塊啟用以允許一次僅寫入一行的一部份,這可能僅允許寫入與注視點區匹配的行之一部份,這將使得可以進行直接區塊順序寫入。然而,這會需要額外的時間多次地寫入一些行,以尋址(address)該行中的所有像素。區塊啟用邊界可能會對注視點區邊界施加不能忍受的限制,以便使其對齊,這會使區塊更大,因而限制了數據帶寬減少。極低解析度區塊可能無法在短時間內寫入每個行組,以接收其減少的數據組,因此需要對最低區塊進行填補/限制,進而降低其效益。基於這些原因,用於部分行寫入的區塊啟用將具有有限的效益。一些裝置可能會分割該些行並且具有多個啟用;在該注視點顯示系統與方法中的此概念仍然適用。Digital display devices usually use a memory array structure to control the pixels of the display; each column in the display has a column data driver and each row has a writing function. Therefore, all rows of pixels can be written at once. Therefore, data from different blocks overlapping with the same row can be combined together before the row can be written. Some display devices may have block enablement to allow only part of a row to be written at a time, which may allow only part of the line matching the gaze area to be written, which will allow direct block sequential writing. However, it will take extra time to write some rows multiple times to address all the pixels in the row. The block activation boundary may impose unbearable restrictions on the gaze zone boundary in order to align it, which makes the block larger, thus limiting the reduction of data bandwidth. Very low-resolution blocks may not be able to be written into each row group in a short time to receive its reduced data group, so it is necessary to fill/restrict the lowest block to reduce its efficiency. For these reasons, the activation of blocks used for partial row writing will have limited benefits. Some devices may divide these rows and have multiple activations; this concept in the gaze point display system and method still applies.

為了傳遞區塊定義與其他元數據(meta data),可能在平面的開頭使用標頭以定義總圖像或平面大小、每個關注區域的大小與位置以及控制順序與數據包裝的參數。元數據也可以作為正常視頻數據之外的邊帶數據(side-band data)而被傳送(例如在垂直空白區間中的命令數據包)。在視頻數據起始的標頭方法可被包裝為每像素具有一參數,或者覆蓋為每像素具有一參數的單個位元(像述數據均為零或均為一),以便易於傳遞到調變平面格式。舉例來說,在用於平面介面的協定配置中,有三個區塊並且數據分組為四組輸出行,其中每個數據字元包含僅來自一區塊的一解析度的數據(字元大小由顯示裝置的實體介面所定義並且被主機使用於對該封裝數據進行格式化)。根據該些行是否僅在區塊3中或者它們橫跨多個區塊,每個四行組所需的字元數量會有所不同。因此,隨著圖像由上到下傳送,每個行組的所傳輸數據大小將會更大或更小;沒有恆定的線大小。在同一範例中,顯示裝置可包含從一小段的輸入像素同時寫入多達四行像素的能力;它也能夠節省並擴展低解析度巨像素,並將它們與高解析度像素進行混合為多行,然後對每行的寫入進行自我計時(self-time)。In order to transmit block definitions and other metadata (meta data), a header may be used at the beginning of the plane to define the total image or plane size, the size and location of each area of interest, and the parameters that control the order and data packaging. Metadata can also be transmitted as side-band data other than normal video data (for example, command data packets in the vertical blanking interval). The header method at the beginning of the video data can be packaged as a parameter per pixel, or covered as a single bit with a parameter per pixel (like the data are all zero or all one), so as to be easily transferred to the modulation Flat format. For example, in a protocol configuration for a flat interface, there are three blocks and the data is grouped into four sets of output lines, where each data character contains data of one resolution from only one block (the character size is determined by Defined by the physical interface of the display device and used by the host to format the packaged data). Depending on whether the lines are only in block 3 or they span multiple blocks, the number of characters required for each four-line group will be different. Therefore, as the image is transferred from top to bottom, the transmitted data size of each line group will be larger or smaller; there is no constant line size. In the same example, the display device can include the ability to simultaneously write up to four rows of pixels from a small segment of input pixels; it can also save and expand low-resolution megapixels, and mix them with high-resolution pixels into multiple Row, and then self-time the writing of each row.

Figure 02_image003
作為範例,總圖像/顯示區域可分割為如下所示的三個區塊:
Figure 108128548-A0304-0011
Figure 02_image003
As an example, the total image/display area can be divided into three blocks as shown below:
Figure 108128548-A0304-0011

有多種類型的顯示裝置應用於此注視點顯示系統與方法。一些顯示器用於單色,一些顯示器係為同時全彩,而另一些顯示器則為色序。一些顯示器固有地將全強度範圍表示為分數穩態強度(fractional steady-state intensity)(例如類比顯示器或自調變數位顯示器);其他顯示器則本質上為數位並且僅驅動到二進制穩定水平,這需要頻繁地更新調變平面以調變此強度。顯示器通常有幀緩衝記憶體用於儲存圖像數據,然後使用來自緩衝的數據來驅動並使顯示器發光;通常有兩個緩衝用於交替操作(在一個幀中,將新幀數據寫入一幀緩衝,而讀取另一緩衝以顯示前一個幀數據;下一個幀它們交換讀取與寫入操作);但是如果傳輸數據格式/協定/帶寬支援此顯示順序,則優化設計受益於單一個緩衝。這些對於傳輸與寫入時序的最高需求的係為色序、具有單一個幀緩衝的二進制顯示器。其餘描述將著重在此配置,但在此注視點顯示系統與方法中的注視點概念也可以應用於其他顯示器配置。There are many types of display devices used in this fixation point display system and method. Some monitors are used for monochrome, some monitors are full color at the same time, and some monitors are color sequential. Some displays inherently express the full intensity range as fractional steady-state intensity (such as analog displays or self-adjusting digital displays); other displays are digital in nature and only drive to a binary stable level, which requires Update the modulation plane frequently to modulate this intensity. The display usually has a frame buffer memory for storing image data, and then uses the data from the buffer to drive and make the display emit light; usually there are two buffers for alternate operations (in one frame, write new frame data into one frame Buffer, and read another buffer to display the previous frame data; the next frame they exchange read and write operations); but if the transmission data format/protocol/bandwidth supports this display sequence, the optimized design benefits from a single buffer . These systems with the highest requirements for transmission and writing timing are color sequential, binary displays with a single frame buffer. The rest of the description will focus on this configuration, but the gaze point concept in the gaze point display system and method can also be applied to other display configurations.

現在請參照圖7,其係根據一些實施例所繪示的傳輸照明的時序圖,示出關於緩衝類型的色序圖像及平面。如圖所示,針對這些配置的各種協定選項繪示了多個時序圖。具體來說,示出了針對幀緩衝、圖像數據數順序及顯示類型的不同配置的圖像傳輸、平面傳輸、顯示寫入及照明的時序圖。所有的這些均表示應用於色序照明的顯示器。特別地,顯示器及驅動器硬體配置可具有一個、兩個(或更多個)幀緩衝記憶體或者沒有幀緩衝記憶體。大部分的顯示驅動器使用雙交替(dual ping-pong)幀緩衝架構。彩色顯示架構通常係三路徑(3-path)照明及光學或者色序;色序係為更經濟且時序挑戰的方式;儘管注視點協定改善也可應用於單色或三路徑系統,但這些示意圖及描述仍著重在其上。順序通常係相同的:在垂直同步(Sync)開始時,圖像必須先從主機/源被傳送/傳輸到顯示驅動器,根據需要進行處理並且儲存在幀緩衝中。色序系統通常每個輸入圖像幀具有多於三個彩色子幀(CSF),以提供多組主脈衝,以改善圖像品質。在接收圖像後,可讀取幀緩衝以形成CSF的數據並且透過平面(或灰階)傳輸介面進行傳輸;然後在本機顯示元件(native display elements)中儲存/使用此數據,以表示圖像的CSF的部分;對每個CSF直重覆此操作。Please refer now to FIG. 7, which is a timing diagram of transmission illumination according to some embodiments, showing color sequence images and planes of the buffer type. As shown in the figure, multiple timing diagrams are drawn for the various protocol options of these configurations. Specifically, the timing diagrams of image transmission, plane transmission, display writing, and lighting for different configurations of frame buffer, image data number sequence, and display type are shown. All of these represent displays used in color sequential lighting. In particular, the display and driver hardware configuration can have one, two (or more) frame buffer memories, or no frame buffer memory. Most display drivers use a dual ping-pong frame buffer architecture. Color display architectures are usually three-path (3-path) lighting and optics or color sequence; color sequence is a more economical and timing-challenging method; although the fixation point agreement improvement can also be applied to monochrome or three-path systems, these diagrams And the description still focuses on it. The sequence is usually the same: at the beginning of the vertical synchronization (Sync), the image must first be transferred/transmitted from the host/source to the display driver, processed as needed and stored in the frame buffer. Color sequence systems usually have more than three color sub-frames (CSF) per input image frame to provide multiple sets of main pulses to improve image quality. After receiving the image, the frame buffer can be read to form the CSF data and transmitted through the flat (or grayscale) transmission interface; then the data is stored/used in the native display elements to represent the image Like the CSF part; repeat this operation for each CSF.

在具有一幀緩衝的系統中,不應該在寫入數據的同時讀取此緩衝;這會導致新數據與舊數據混合在一起(或損壞);它必須等待圖像寫入完成。對於全彩像素圖像來說,整個圖像必須在任何CSF 讀取開始之前完成(如前兩個圖所示)。對於調變平面顯示器來說,發光(illumination)通常在調變平面開始不久之後開始(對應的幀緩衝數據通常被多次讀取;每個調變平面一次)。對於灰階顯示器來說,在以新的CSF數據更新顯示器時不會激活發光。通常期望利用具有最高工作因數(duty factor)的發光系統(最小化無主動發光的時間)。因此,這些全彩色單一幀緩衝系統嘗試將圖像傳輸時間及灰階傳輸時間最小化;這是注視點數據協定的減少帶寬最大的地方。此外,調變平面傳輸系統也受到傳輸每個平面的時間之限制,這限制了一個發光週期中容納多少個調變脈衝,或限制了所能達到的伽瑪能級(gamma level),其需要將部分的調變脈衝比其他脈衝更緊密地包裝在一起。透過顯著減少所傳輸之平面的數據(大小),注視點平面傳輸解決了此瓶頸,因此調變脈衝可以更短。In a system with a frame buffer, this buffer should not be read while writing data; this will cause new data to be mixed with old data (or damaged); it must wait for the image writing to complete. For full-color pixel images, the entire image must be completed before any CSF reading starts (as shown in the first two figures). For modulated flat panel displays, illumination usually starts shortly after the modulated plane starts (the corresponding frame buffer data is usually read multiple times; once for each modulated plane). For grayscale displays, light emission will not be activated when the display is updated with new CSF data. It is generally desirable to use a lighting system with the highest duty factor (minimize the time without active lighting). Therefore, these full-color single frame buffer systems try to minimize the image transmission time and grayscale transmission time; this is where the gaze point data protocol reduces the bandwidth the most. In addition, the modulation plane transmission system is also limited by the time of transmitting each plane, which limits how many modulation pulses can be accommodated in a light-emitting cycle, or limits the gamma level that can be achieved. Pack some of the modulated pulses more tightly than others. By significantly reducing the data (size) of the transmitted plane, the fixation point plane transmission solves this bottleneck, so the modulation pulse can be shorter.

平面或灰階傳輸介面的帶寬通常顯著高於圖像傳輸介面的帶寬(因為它通常是短且寬的晶片對晶片介面或是內部晶片介面)。主機通常使用大部分的幀時間來傳輸圖像;對於具有以交替方式(在每個Vsync交換寫入與讀取緩衝)使用之雙幀緩衝的系統來說,在此幀的一小部分中較快地寫入圖像並沒有好處。然而,運動感應的應用 (motion sensitive applications)需要更快的響應並且將從更快地啟用緩衝讀取當中受益。如果主機可以色序格式發送圖像數據,則僅需要一個幀緩衝;一個顏色被寫入幀緩衝,而其他顏色被讀取並發光。這提供了高占空比發光及低延遲(從傳輸開始到匹配發光開始的時間)。只要有一組主要發光週期(3 CSF’s),幾乎整個幀時間可用於傳輸圖像。較高的CSF’s組要求傳輸時間減少到幀時間的較少部分,並且仍符合於一幀緩衝中(例如圖像寫入必須符合4 個CSF’s的讀取時間);注視點協定的減少數據可在不顯著地增加實體界面帶寬的情況下啟用這些功能。The bandwidth of a flat or grayscale transmission interface is usually significantly higher than that of an image transmission interface (because it is usually a short and wide chip-to-chip interface or an internal chip interface). The host usually uses most of the frame time to transmit images; for a system with dual-frame buffers that are used in an alternating manner (switching write and read buffers at each Vsync), a small part of this frame is more There is no benefit in writing images quickly. However, motion sensitive applications require faster response and will benefit from faster enabling of buffered reading. If the host can send image data in a color sequential format, only one frame buffer is needed; one color is written into the frame buffer, and the other colors are read and emit light. This provides high duty cycle lighting and low latency (the time from the start of transmission to the start of matched lighting). As long as there is a set of main lighting periods (3 CSF’s), almost the entire frame time can be used to transmit images. The higher CSF's group requires that the transmission time be reduced to a lesser part of the frame time, and still be consistent with a frame buffer (for example, image writing must meet the reading time of 4 CSF's); the reduced data of the fixation point agreement can be Enable these functions without significantly increasing the bandwidth of the physical interface.

如果顯示裝置支援直接的灰階寫入並且僅使用三個CSF,則不需要幀緩衝(最後一圖);這確實需要在彩色子幀間的圖像傳輸中暫停以允許發光。此發光占空比取決於圖像傳輸時間及幀率;使用注視點傳輸及注視點寫入,這仍可能相對較高。這主要適用於具有高幀率或對移動不靈敏的系統(僅能容忍3個CSF)。If the display device supports direct grayscale writing and only uses three CSFs, frame buffering is not required (the last image); this does require a pause in the image transmission between color sub-frames to allow light emission. This light-emitting duty cycle depends on the image transmission time and frame rate; using fixation point transmission and fixation point writing, this may still be relatively high. This is mainly suitable for systems with high frame rates or insensitive to movement (only 3 CSFs can be tolerated).

數位顯示器可接收調變平面數據(每個像素1位元),所述調變平面數據係以各種脈衝樣式每幀或子幀重複多次,以整合到所需的灰階。此協定及方法主要針對調變平面界面級別,儘管它也可以應用到接受每個像素的灰階數據且選擇自身的脈衝樣式的顯示器,但仍受到內部陣列結構的限制。The digital display can receive modulated plane data (1 bit per pixel), and the modulated plane data is repeated multiple times per frame or sub-frame in various pulse patterns to integrate the desired gray scale. This protocol and method are mainly aimed at modulating the plane interface level. Although it can also be applied to a display that accepts the grayscale data of each pixel and selects its own pulse pattern, it is still limited by the internal array structure.

為了對脈衝進行積分而使得人類視覺反應將每個像素視為恆定的灰階或色階,顯示器的每個像素(例如透過每個調變平面),以如10 kHz至100 kHz等頻率被快速地更新。針對該行的每個像素(在所有/許多行當中共享)使用列驅動器,以一次一或多行的方式寫入像素陣列,並且針對每一行使用唯一的行選通脈衝(unique row strobe)。在顯示器中進行寫入的關鍵時序限制係為寫入一行的時間與同時可寫入多少行。該方法定義高與低解析度區塊,其可輕易地合併且覆蓋該行結構的寫入,從而每個調變平面更新整體的有效區域。In order to integrate the pulses so that the human visual response treats each pixel as a constant gray scale or color scale, each pixel of the display (for example, through each modulation plane) is fastened at a frequency such as 10 kHz to 100 kHz To update. Use a column driver for each pixel of the row (shared among all/many rows), write the pixel array one or more rows at a time, and use a unique row strobe (unique row strobe) for each row. The key timing constraints for writing in the display are the time to write a row and how many rows can be written at the same time. This method defines high and low resolution blocks, which can be easily combined and cover the writing of the row structure, so that each modulation plane updates the overall effective area.

在調變平面的介面,由於像素僅有1位元深度,因此沒有插植的機會。可選地,對多個像素求平均會消除空間抖動的好處,這已經編碼在數據當中。即使每個像素具有可用的多位元數據,在擴展的低解析度區域中製作特殊的像素數據將避免節省以相同列驅動器數據同時寫入多行的時間。大部分顯示器將不會修改輸入數據,因此僅限於在低解析度區域中複製。In the interface of the modulation plane, since the pixel has only 1 bit depth, there is no opportunity for planting. Optionally, averaging multiple pixels will eliminate the benefit of spatial jitter, which is already encoded in the data. Even if each pixel has available multi-bit metadata, creating special pixel data in the extended low-resolution area will avoid saving time for writing multiple rows with the same column of driver data at the same time. Most monitors will not modify the input data, so it is limited to copying in low-resolution areas.

振幅與相位模式(Amplitude v. Phase Mode)Amplitude v. Phase Mode

根據本發明的注視點顯示系統與方法,若以振幅模式使用顯示裝置,以提供可見圖像,其中顯示器上的每個像素對應觀看或投影時圖像中的一像素(或一小部分的相鄰像素),然後可使用本發明所啟用的注視點技術達到在最內部區塊的注視點區之高空間頻率及/或時間頻率更新,並且達到在外部區塊中的低解析度/空間頻率區域的高時頻更新,其中其中最內部區塊的注視點區對應於觀看者正在觀看或被認為最近距離觀看的圖像區域,且其中外部區塊中的低解析度/空間頻率區域對應於觀看者的周邊視覺。在這樣的振幅模式顯示器中,多個顯示像素/巨像素與圖像像素之間實質存在一對一的關係,因此顯示器區域中存在類似的區域間映射,可有利於接收更多資訊以匹配使用者視覺系統的高靈敏度區域。According to the gaze point display system and method of the present invention, if the display device is used in the amplitude mode to provide a visible image, each pixel on the display corresponds to a pixel (or a small part of the phase) in the image during viewing or projection. Adjacent pixels), and then the fixation technology enabled by the present invention can be used to achieve high spatial frequency and/or time frequency update in the fixation area of the innermost block, and to achieve low resolution/spatial frequency in the outer block High time-frequency update of the area, where the gaze area of the innermost block corresponds to the image area that the viewer is watching or is considered to be watching from the nearest distance, and the low resolution/spatial frequency area in the outer block corresponds to Peripheral vision of the viewer. In such an amplitude mode display, there is essentially a one-to-one relationship between multiple display pixels/megapixels and image pixels. Therefore, there is a similar inter-area mapping in the display area, which can help to receive more information for matching use The high sensitivity area of the visual system.

然而,在相位模式顯示器中,許多顯示像素(在某些實現方式中,所有的顯示像素)均對每個圖像像素有所貢獻(在某些實現方式中,所有的圖像像素)。在這種情況下,高靈敏度區域或觀察者視覺系統的區域可映射到顯示器上實質更大(以像素計數)的區域。在這樣的系統中,可使用許多不同演算法或方法以產生各種不同圖樣,例如電腦產生全像圖(Computer Generated Holograms,CGHs)、干涉圖、全像圖、干涉圖樣及相位圖,其中此圖像或是從其取得之版本係作為相位值、振幅值或相位值與振幅值之複雜組合的分佈而顯示在顯示裝置上,使得光從所述的顯示的圖樣衍射或散射或以其他方式傳播以在與顯示裝置相距一定的實際或光學距離處形成第二圖樣,其對應所需圖像或者可以透過其他光學裝置取得所需圖像的圖像。在至少一些演算法或方法中,所需圖像的部分或所有的較低空間頻率內容被編碼或包含在一區域中的顯示圖像上,其中該區域實質或完全地包圍在所期望之部分或所有較高空間頻率被編碼或包含的該顯示圖像的一較大區域中。在這樣的情況下,本發明的系統與方法及注視點顯示方法可有利地被使用以提供較高的空間頻率及/或時序頻率之更新給最外圍區塊或中間區塊。However, in a phase mode display, many display pixels (in some implementations, all display pixels) contribute to each image pixel (in some implementations, all image pixels). In this case, the area of high sensitivity or the area of the observer's visual system can be mapped to a substantially larger (in pixel count) area on the display. In such a system, many different algorithms or methods can be used to generate various patterns, such as computer generated holograms (CGHs), interferograms, holograms, interference patterns, and phase maps. The image or the version obtained therefrom is displayed on the display device as a distribution of phase value, amplitude value or a complex combination of phase value and amplitude value, so that light is diffracted or scattered from the displayed pattern or propagated in other ways The second pattern is formed at a certain actual or optical distance from the display device, which corresponds to the desired image or can be obtained through other optical devices. In at least some algorithms or methods, part or all of the lower spatial frequency content of the desired image is encoded or included on the displayed image in a region, where the region substantially or completely surrounds the desired portion Or all higher spatial frequencies are encoded or contained in a larger area of the display image. In such a case, the system and method and the gaze point display method of the present invention can be advantageously used to provide higher spatial frequency and/or timing frequency updates to the outermost block or the middle block.

此外,也存在有振幅模式應用,其中顯示器的最有利地可接收較高的空間頻率及/或時間頻率更新的區域可以是外部或最外部區域,而不是最內部區域或內部區域。例如,對於觀察者以暗視覺(scotopic)或中間視覺(mesopic)而非明視覺(photopic)模式觀看的低亮度場景(也稱為「夜視」), 最大視覺靈敏度(對於運動、顏色、振幅或其他視覺參數)可以在注視點區的外部或圍繞該注視點區。In addition, there are also amplitude mode applications, in which the area of the display that can most advantageously receive higher spatial frequency and/or time frequency updates may be the outer or outermost area instead of the innermost or inner area. For example, for low-brightness scenes (also called "night vision") viewed by observers in scotopic or mesopic rather than photopic mode, the maximum visual sensitivity (for motion, color, and amplitude) Or other visual parameters) can be outside or around the gaze area.

以下是本發明的多個實施例。然而,上述描述了其他實施例。因此,以下實施例並不旨在限制本發明的實施例。The following are several embodiments of the present invention. However, other embodiments are described above. Therefore, the following embodiments are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present invention.

一種注視點(注視點)光調變系統,包括:一處理器,耦接以接收一輸入圖像數據及一注視點區定義數據,以產生一注視點圖像幀,該注視點圖像幀具有一標頭封包數據,該標頭封包數據標示具有一第一解析度的一第一區塊及具有一第二解析度的一第二區塊,其中該第二解析度小於該第一解析度,且其中該第一區塊與該第二區塊中至少一者基於一巨像素比率(巨像素 比率)而被壓縮;一驅動控制器電路,耦接以從該處理器接收該注視點圖像幀,且該處理器基於至少部分地注視點位元平面數據而產生多個調變平面;以及一調變裝置,具有包括至少一巨像素的多個像素,該調變裝置耦接該驅動控制器電路,該驅動控制器電路接收該些調變平面,且其中每一該調變平面基於該標頭封包數據而被擴展。A fixation point (gaze point) light modulation system, comprising: a processor coupled to receive an input image data and a fixation point area definition data to generate a fixation point image frame, the fixation point image frame There is a header packet data indicating a first block with a first resolution and a second block with a second resolution, wherein the second resolution is smaller than the first resolution Degree, and wherein at least one of the first block and the second block is compressed based on a giant pixel ratio (macro pixel ratio); a drive controller circuit coupled to receive the gaze point from the processor Image frames, and the processor generates a plurality of modulation planes based on at least part of the bit plane data of the gaze point; and a modulation device having a plurality of pixels including at least one giant pixel, and the modulation device is coupled to the The driving controller circuit receives the modulation planes, and each of the modulation planes is expanded based on the header packet data.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中對於具有第二解析度的第二區塊,調變平面中的單一位元係代表調變裝置的一巨像素,且此單一位元被複製到由巨像素比率所定義的該些顯示像素的子集。A gaze point light modulation system, in which for a second block with a second resolution, a single bit in the modulation plane represents a giant pixel of the modulation device, and this single bit is copied to the giant pixel The subset of display pixels defined by the ratio.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中調變裝置係為一顯示器。A gaze point light modulation system, wherein the modulation device is a display.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中調變裝置係為一矽基液晶(LCOS)顯示器。A gaze point light modulation system, in which the modulation device is a liquid crystal on silicon (LCOS) display.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中所述的調變裝置包含一解碼邏輯模組耦接以接收調變平面。A gaze point light modulation system, wherein the modulation device includes a decoding logic module coupled to receive a modulation plane.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中調變裝置更包括光柵邏輯,並且其中解碼邏輯模組解析此標頭封包數據及光柵邏輯。A gaze point light modulation system, wherein the modulation device further includes raster logic, and wherein the decoding logic module parses the header packet data and the raster logic.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中解碼邏輯基於標頭封包數據與調變平面中的巨像素比率產生一數據集。A gaze point light modulation system in which the decoding logic generates a data set based on the ratio of the header packet data to the megapixels in the modulation plane.

一種注視點光調變系統,更包含:追蹤邏輯模組耦接處理器,其中追蹤邏輯模組感測使用者的視網膜凝視數據與頭部位置數據,並且產生注視點區塊數據對應於所感測的視網膜凝視數據與頭部位置數據。A gaze point light modulation system, further comprising: a tracking logic module coupled to the processor, wherein the tracking logic module senses retinal gaze data and head position data of the user, and generates gaze point block data corresponding to the sensed Retinal gaze data and head position data.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中處理器更包含:注視點渲染模組耦接追蹤邏輯模組並且接收所感測的視網膜凝視數據與頭部位置數據,並且使用注視點渲染演算法判斷每個區塊的大小與位置。A gaze point light modulation system, wherein the processor further includes: a gaze point rendering module is coupled to the tracking logic module and receives the sensed retinal gaze data and head position data, and uses a gaze point rendering algorithm to determine each zone The size and location of the block.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中注視點渲染模組基於總視場數據(total field-of-view data)、光學系統失真數據(optical system distortion data)、注視點視敏度數據(fovea acuity data)、追蹤邏輯數據容忍值(tolerance of tracking logic data)、追蹤邏輯數據延遲(latency of tracking logic data)及移動數據率 (rate of motion data)至少一者,使用注視點渲染演算法判斷每個區塊的大小與位置。A fixation point light modulation system, in which fixation point rendering module is based on total field-of-view data, optical system distortion data, and fovea acuity data ), tracking logic data tolerance (tolerance of tracking logic data), tracking logic data latency (latency of tracking logic data) and movement data rate (rate of motion data) at least one, using the fixation point rendering algorithm to determine each area The size and location of the block.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中標頭封包數據包括:啟用一中心細部模式及一周邊細部模式的解析度-順序觸發位元,其中當中心細部模式處於激活狀態,此注視點圖像幀包含多個同心區塊,其包括第一與第二區塊具有最高解析度的區塊位於使用者的注視點之中心,從而相鄰於該第一與第二區塊中至少一者的一區塊的解析度低於該其他相鄰區塊的全解析度一預定值,且該些同心區塊之一的解析度從遠離該使用者注視點的方向開始降序減小;以及其中當該周邊細部模式處於激活狀態時,該注視點圖像幀包括多個同心區塊具有最高解析度的區塊位在該些同心區塊的周邊,從而該第二區塊的解析度低於該第一區塊的解析度一預定值,且每一同心內部區塊的解析度降序減小;傳輸模式切換位元,啟用一光柵順序模式與一區塊順序模式,其中當該光柵順序模式處於激活狀態時,數據傳輸包含多個線組,該些線組代表來自該些同心區塊的數據行,對應於一原始影像的顯示順序,且其中當該區塊順序模式處於激活狀態時,數據傳輸包含在一相鄰區塊的資料傳輸之前,該些同心區塊的每一個的完整傳輸;區塊數量段,定義該些同心區塊的數量;區塊尺寸段,定義該些同心區塊的每一個的水平與垂直尺寸;區塊偏移段,定義關於該些同心區塊的每一個的水平與垂直偏移;以及多個顯示參數。A gaze point light modulation system, wherein the header packet data includes: the resolution-sequence trigger bit for enabling a center detail mode and a peripheral detail mode, wherein when the center detail mode is activated, the gaze point image frame contains A plurality of concentric blocks, including a block with the highest resolution of the first and second blocks located at the center of the user's gaze point, and thus a zone adjacent to at least one of the first and second blocks The resolution of the block is lower than the full resolution of the other adjacent blocks by a predetermined value, and the resolution of one of the concentric blocks decreases in descending order from the direction away from the user's gaze point; and When the detail mode is activated, the gaze point image frame includes a plurality of concentric blocks with the highest resolution on the periphery of the concentric blocks, so that the resolution of the second block is lower than that of the first block. The resolution of the block is a predetermined value, and the resolution of each concentric inner block decreases in descending order; the transmission mode switch bit enables a raster sequential mode and a block sequential mode, and when the raster sequential mode is active When the data transmission includes multiple line groups, the line groups represent data rows from the concentric blocks, corresponding to the display sequence of an original image, and when the block sequential mode is active, the data transmission includes Before the data transmission of an adjacent block, the complete transmission of each of the concentric blocks; the block number field defines the number of the concentric blocks; the block size field defines each of the concentric blocks A horizontal and vertical size; a block offset section, which defines the horizontal and vertical offset of each of the concentric blocks; and multiple display parameters.

一種注視點光調變系統,其中該些顯示參數包括:一字元長度段,定義對應於與該驅動控制器電路相關的時序週期所傳送的多個像素位元;一x偏移尺寸段,在每個水平偏移最低有效位(Least Significant Bit,LSB)定義多個像素位元;一線組尺寸段,定義要同時寫入的最大行數;一行時間段,定義寫入一行所需的多個時序段;以及一雙列驅動模式指示器,能夠同時寫入兩行。A gaze point light modulation system, wherein the display parameters include: a character length segment, defining a plurality of pixel bits corresponding to the timing cycle related to the drive controller circuit; and an x offset size segment, Define multiple pixel bits in the Least Significant Bit (LSB) of each horizontal offset; a line group size segment defines the maximum number of lines to be written at the same time; a line time segment defines the amount required to write a line A timing segment; and a dual-column drive mode indicator, capable of writing two rows at the same time.

一種在顯示螢幕上生成一注視點圖像的方法,包括:接收關於該注視點圖像與多個注視點區參數的輸入圖像數據以及多個協定參數;基於此輸入圖像數據及該些注視點區參數產生渲染的注視點圖像數據,基於所述渲染的注視點圖像數據及該些協定參數產生一注視點圖像幀,其中該注視點圖像幀包含標頭封包數據,並且將此注視點圖像幀傳送到灰階裝置與調變裝置中的至少一者。A method for generating a fixation point image on a display screen includes: receiving input image data regarding the fixation point image and a plurality of fixation point area parameters and a plurality of protocol parameters; based on the input image data and these The gaze zone parameters generate rendered gaze point image data, and a gaze point image frame is generated based on the rendered gaze point image data and the protocol parameters, wherein the gaze point image frame includes header packet data, and The gaze point image frame is transmitted to at least one of the grayscale device and the modulation device.

一種方法,其中注視點圖像幀辨識兩個或兩個以上的具有不同解析度的同心區塊,從而該些同心區塊的每一個由多個巨像素及一對應的巨像素比率所定義。A method in which the gaze point image frame identifies two or more concentric blocks with different resolutions, so that each of the concentric blocks is defined by a plurality of macro pixels and a corresponding macro pixel ratio.

一種方法,其中灰階裝置與調變裝置至少一者包括解碼邏輯與光柵邏輯。A method, wherein at least one of the grayscale device and the modulation device includes decoding logic and raster logic.

一種方法,其中灰階裝置與調變裝置其中至少一者包括多個像素,且進一步包括:基於該標頭封包數據及對應的每一該巨像素比率,使用該光柵邏輯在該灰階裝置與該調變裝置中的至少一者的至少部分像素上產生注視點圖像。A method, wherein at least one of a grayscale device and a modulation device includes a plurality of pixels, and further includes: based on the header packet data and the corresponding ratio of each of the macro pixels, using the raster logic to connect the grayscale device and At least some pixels of at least one of the modulation devices generate a fixation point image.

一種方法,其中對於具有降低的解析度的注視點區,基於關聯於每一區塊之對應的巨像素比率,關聯的多個巨像素的單一位元被複製到顯示像素陣列的子集。A method in which for a gaze area with a reduced resolution, based on the corresponding macro pixel ratio associated with each block, a single bit of the associated multiple macro pixels is copied to a subset of the display pixel array.

一種方法,其中接收圖像數據包括:基於視網膜以及頭部凝視方向數據與實時的使用者位置/地點數據中至少一者接收追蹤數據。A method, wherein receiving image data includes: receiving tracking data based on at least one of retina and head gaze direction data and real-time user position/location data.

一種方法,其中注視點圖像數據係基於輸入圖像數據、注視點區參數及追蹤數據。A method in which the gaze point image data is based on the input image data, gaze point area parameters and tracking data.

一種方法,其中生成渲染的注視點圖像包括:使用注視點渲染之3D轉2D的渲染技術或此業界公知的其他注視點渲染技術來產生圖像巨像素,以使用輸入圖像數據、觀察者凝視方向數據、制高點數據及多個注視點區定義參數來表示注視點圖像空間中的投影文本(projected text)或圖形。A method, wherein generating a rendered gaze point image includes: using a gaze point rendering 3D to 2D rendering technology or other gaze point rendering technology known in the industry to generate image megapixels, to use input image data, observer Gaze direction data, vantage point data, and multiple gaze point area definition parameters represent projected text or graphics in the gaze point image space.

一種方法,其中生成一注視點圖像幀包括:基於注視點區參數、選定的協定參數及顯示裝置的能力而產生標頭封包數據;以及以標頭封包數據封裝所述渲染的注視點圖像數據,據以產生一注視點圖像幀。A method, wherein generating a gaze point image frame includes: generating header packet data based on gaze point area parameters, selected protocol parameters, and capabilities of a display device; and encapsulating the rendered gaze point image with the header packet data According to the data, a gaze point image frame is generated.

一種方法,其中傳送此注視點圖像幀包括:將此注視點圖像 幀傳送到一驅動控制器電路;產生注視點位元平面數據;基於一關聯的調變格式與此標頭封包數據而將此注視點位元平面數據轉換為多個調變平面;以及將該些調變平面傳送到一或多個調變裝置,其中該一或多個調變裝置具有注視點調變平面光柵邏輯 ,其耦接具有一像素陣列的顯示電路,或者是將注視點圖像幀傳送到一灰階顯示裝置。A method, wherein transmitting the gaze point image frame includes: transmitting the gaze point image frame to a drive controller circuit; generating gaze point bit plane data; and based on an associated modulation format and the header packet data Convert this gaze point bit plane data into multiple modulation planes; and transmit the modulation planes to one or more modulation devices, wherein the one or more modulation devices have gaze point modulation plane grating logic , Which is coupled to a display circuit with a pixel array, or transmits the gaze point image frame to a grayscale display device.

一種方法,其中在顯示像素陣列上生成注視點圖像包括:從注視點圖像幀或注視點調變平面解析標頭封包數據及注視點數據;將注視點數據的一調變平面轉換(translating)為注視點顯示數據;並且將代表線組之對應的注視點顯示數據的二進制值應用到關聯於每個注視點區塊的像素陣列的每一子集;以及重複執行前述的轉譯及應用直到注視點數據的每個線組被顯示為止。A method, wherein generating a gaze point image on a display pixel array includes: parsing header packet data and gaze point data from a gaze point image frame or a gaze point modulation plane; translating a modulation plane of the gaze point data. ) Is the gaze point display data; and the binary value of the corresponding gaze point display data representing the line group is applied to each subset of the pixel array associated with each gaze point block; and the aforementioned translation and application are repeated until Each line group of the gaze point data is displayed.

一種方法,其中偵測光柵順序模式及區塊順序模式的啟用包括:解析標頭封包數據以偵測傳輸模式觸發位元;以及偵測傳輸模式觸發位元是否設定以啟用光柵順序模式與區塊順序模式,並且響應於未偵測到光柵順序模式,基於區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、 字元大小及x偏移大小,偵測所傳入之數據的個別區塊數據。A method in which the detection of the activation of the raster sequence mode and the block sequence mode includes: parsing the header packet data to detect the transmission mode trigger bit; and detecting whether the transmission mode trigger bit is set to enable the raster sequence mode and the block Sequence mode, and in response to the raster sequence mode not being detected, detects individual block data of the incoming data based on the number of blocks, horizontal block size, line group size, character size and x offset size.

一種方法,其中響應於啟用的區塊順序模式之寫入包括:響應於未偵測到光柵順序模式,將所傳入之數據的個別區塊數據寫入對應的區塊緩衝{Z(n-1)、 …、Z3、Z2、Z1、Z0};響應於未偵測到光柵順序模式,等待預定時間的一讀取延遲,以及響應於讀取延遲的結束,切換對應於每一個別區塊緩衝的讀取指標。A method in which writing in response to the enabled block sequential mode includes: in response to not detecting the raster sequential mode, writing individual block data of the incoming data into the corresponding block buffer {Z(n- 1), …, Z3, Z2, Z1, Z0}; in response to not detecting the raster sequence mode, waiting for a read delay for a predetermined time, and in response to the end of the read delay, switching corresponds to each individual block Buffered reading indicator.

一種方法,其中辨識來自對應區塊的數據是否存在包括:解析標頭封包數據以偵測區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、行時間、字元大小及x偏移大小,其中行時間係為基於顯示電路寫入一行所需的時脈(clocks)數量;選擇數據的線組的一行;基於標頭封包數據偵測多個同心區塊的高解析度區塊(Z0)是否存在於此行中;以及響應於未偵測到高解析度區塊的存在,偵測下一個連續的區塊(Z1、Z2、Z3、… Z(n-1)) 是否存在於所辨識的數據之線組直到一個區塊被偵測到為止。A method, wherein identifying whether data from a corresponding block exists includes: parsing header packet data to detect block number, horizontal block size, line group size, line time, character size and x offset size, where the line The time is based on the number of clocks (clocks) required to write a row based on the display circuit; select one row of the data line group; detect the existence of a high-resolution block (Z0) of multiple concentric blocks based on the header packet data In this line; and in response to the existence of no high-resolution block detected, detect whether the next consecutive block (Z1, Z2, Z3, ... Z(n-1)) exists in the identified data The line group until a block is detected.

一種方法,其中將線組擴展為注視點顯示數據包括:解析標頭封包數據以偵測區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、行時間、字元大小及x偏移大小,其中行時間係為基於顯示電路寫入一行所需的時脈(clocks)數量;基於線組大小與行時間以選擇所辨識的注視點數據之線組的一行;辨識關於個別區塊的一左側段與一右側段;當偵測到個別的區塊{Z0、Z1、Z2、Z3… Z(n-1)}時,將此左側段寫入一行緩衝器,其位移一x偏移大小對應於個別的區塊數據,其中左側段被寫入2(r-1)次, 從而2(r-1)代表對應的巨像素比率,其中r = {n、n-1、n-2、 n-3、 …1},n為區塊數量;加總每一個別區塊數據的水平區塊大小及x偏移大小,據以為個別的區塊數據的每個右側段定義右側指標;將右側段寫入行緩衝,此行緩衝由個別的區塊數據之右側指標所位移;將此行緩衝儲存到一行對列,其中k個行被寫入2(r-1)次,k = {1、2、4、8、 …2(n-1)};並且重複執行前述的選擇、辨識、寫入、加總、寫入及儲存直到所辨識的線組的每一行被選擇為止。A method in which the expansion of the line group into the gaze point display data includes: parsing the header packet data to detect the number of blocks, the size of the horizontal block, the size of the line group, the line time, the character size and the x offset size, where the line The time is based on the number of clocks required to write a row based on the display circuit; based on the line group size and line time to select the line group of the identified fixation data; identify a left segment and A right segment; when an individual block {Z0, Z1, Z2, Z3... Z(n-1)} is detected, this left segment is written into a row of buffers, and its displacement x offset corresponds to the individual The block data of, where the left segment is written 2(r-1) times, so 2(r-1) represents the corresponding giant pixel ratio, where r = {n, n-1, n-2, n-3 , …1}, n is the number of blocks; add the horizontal block size and x offset size of each individual block data, and define the right index for each right segment of the individual block data; write the right segment Enter the row buffer, the row buffer is shifted by the indicator on the right side of the individual block data; the row buffer is stored in row to column, where k rows are written 2 (r-1) times, k = {1, 2 , 4, 8,… 2(n-1)}; and repeat the aforementioned selection, identification, writing, summing, writing and storing until each row of the identified line group is selected.

一種非暫態電腦可讀取媒介,包含編碼用於執行一方法,該方法包括:接收圖像輸入數據;基於實時的使用者之視網膜位置接收追蹤數據;基於圖像輸入數據及追蹤數據產生標頭封包數據,以定義注視點區塊資訊;將圖像輸入數據封裝於標頭封包數據中以形成一注視點圖像幀;將注視點圖像幀傳送到一或多個調變裝置,其中每個調變裝置具有像素陣列; 將注視點圖像幀轉換為多個調變平面;從每個調變平面解析標頭封包數據及注視點圖像數據;將注視點圖像數據的調變平面轉譯為注視點顯示數據;並且將代表線組之對應的注視點顯示數據的二進制值應用到關聯於每個注視點區塊的像素陣列的每一子集。A non-transitory computer readable medium, including encoding for executing a method, the method comprising: receiving image input data; receiving tracking data based on the position of the user's retina in real time; generating a mark based on the image input data and tracking data Header packet data to define fixation point block information; Encapsulate image input data in header packet data to form a fixation point image frame; Transmit the fixation point image frame to one or more modulation devices, wherein Each modulation device has a pixel array; converts the gaze point image frame into multiple modulation planes; analyzes the header packet data and gaze point image data from each modulation plane; modulates the gaze point image data The plane is translated into gaze point display data; and the binary value representing the corresponding gaze point display data of the line group is applied to each subset of the pixel array associated with each gaze point block.

一種電腦可讀取媒介,其中轉換注視點圖像數據的調變平面包括:解析標頭封包數據以偵測區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、行時間、字元大小及x偏移大小,其中行時間係為基於顯示電路寫入一行所需的時脈(clocks)數量;偵測傳輸模式觸發位元是否設定以啟用光柵順序模式;響應於未偵測到光柵順序模式,基於區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、行時間、字元大小及x偏移大小以偵測所傳入之數據的對應區塊數據;響應於未偵測到光柵順序模式,將所傳入之數據的對應區塊數據寫入對應的區塊緩衝器{Z3、Z2、Z1、Z0};響應於未偵測到光柵順序模式,等待預設時間的讀取延遲;響應於讀取延遲的結束,切換(toggling)對應於每一個別區塊緩衝器的讀取指標(read pointer);響應於偵測到光柵順序模式及響應於讀取延遲的結束,辨識數據的一線組的第一行;偵測多個同心區塊的高解析度區塊(Z0)是否存在於所辨識的數據線組中;響應於未偵測到高解析度區塊的存在,偵測下一個連續區塊(Z1, Z2, Z3)是否存在於所辨識的數據線組直至偵測到一區塊為止;響應於偵測到一區塊,基於區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、x偏移大小、行時間及字元大小以擴展數據;基於x偏移大小將所擴展的數據儲存於一行緩衝器中;當偵測到個別的區塊{Z0、Z1、Z2、Z3},將此行緩衝器傳送到一行對列,其中k個行被寫入 2(r-1)次, r = {n, n-1、n-2、n-3、 …1},k = {1、2、4、8、…2(n-1)},n 為區塊數量;檢索數據的下一個線組;並且重複執行前述的偵測、擴展、儲存、傳送及檢索直至數據的每個線組被檢索完成。A computer readable medium, wherein the modulation plane for converting the image data of the gaze point includes: parsing the header packet data to detect the number of blocks, the size of the horizontal block, the line group size, the line time, the character size and the x offset The line time is based on the number of clocks required to write a line based on the display circuit; whether the transmission mode trigger bit is set to enable the raster sequence mode; in response to the raster sequence mode not being detected, based on Block number, horizontal block size, line group size, line time, character size, and x offset size to detect the corresponding block data of the incoming data; in response to the raster sequence mode not being detected, all The corresponding block data of the incoming data is written into the corresponding block buffer {Z3, Z2, Z1, Z0}; in response to not detecting the raster sequence mode, waiting for a preset time of read delay; in response to reading At the end of the delay, toggle (toggling) corresponds to the read pointer of each individual block buffer; in response to detecting the raster sequential mode and in response to the end of the read delay, identify the first line group of the data One line; detect whether a high-resolution block (Z0) of multiple concentric blocks exists in the identified data line group; in response to not detecting the existence of a high-resolution block, detect the next continuous zone Whether the block (Z1, Z2, Z3) exists in the identified data line group until a block is detected; in response to detecting a block, it is based on the number of blocks, horizontal block size, line group size, x The offset size, line time and character size are used to expand the data; the expanded data is stored in a line buffer based on the x offset size; when an individual block {Z0, Z1, Z2, Z3} is detected, the This row buffer is transferred to row to column, where k rows are written 2 (r-1) times, r = {n, n-1, n-2, n-3, …1}, k = {1 , 2, 4, 8, ... 2(n-1)}, n is the number of blocks; retrieve the next line group of the data; and repeat the aforementioned detection, expansion, storage, transmission and retrieval until each of the data The line group is retrieved.

一種電腦可讀取媒介,其中響應於偵測到區塊,基於區塊數量、水平區塊大小、線組大小、行時間及字元大小的所擴展之數據包含: 辨識個別區塊數據的左側段與右側段;將左側段寫入一行緩衝器,其位移x偏移大小對應於個別區塊數據,其中左側段被寫入2(r-1)次;加入每一個別的區塊數據的水平區塊大小與x偏移大小,據以為個別區塊數據的右側段定義右側指標;將右側段寫入行緩衝器,其由個別區塊數據的右側指標所位移;將此行緩衝器儲存進一行對列;以及對個別區塊數據的每一行重複執行前述的辨識、寫入、加入、寫入及儲存。A computer readable medium in which, in response to detecting a block, the expanded data based on the number of blocks, horizontal block size, line group size, line time, and character size include: Identify the left side of individual block data Segment and right segment; write the left segment into a row of buffer, the displacement x offset size corresponds to individual block data, where the left segment is written 2 (r-1) times; add each individual block data The horizontal block size and the x offset size are used to define the right index for the right segment of the individual block data; write the right segment into the line buffer, which is shifted by the right index of the individual block data; store this line buffer Go line by line; and repeat the aforementioned identification, writing, adding, writing and storing for each row of individual block data.

在以上描述中,闡述了許多細節。 然而,對於本領域的技術人員顯而易見的是,可以在沒有這些具體細節的情況下實現本發明。在某些情況下,以框圖的形式而不是詳細地示出了公知的結構和設備,以避免使本發明晦澀難懂。In the above description, many details are explained. However, it is obvious to those skilled in the art that the present invention can be implemented without these specific details. In some cases, well-known structures and devices are shown in the form of block diagrams rather than in detail to avoid obscuring the present invention.

應當理解的是以上描述旨在說明而不是限制。通過閱讀和理解以上描述,許多其他實施例對於本領域技術人員將是顯而易見的。儘管已經參考特定的示例性實施例描述了本發明,但是應了解到本發明不限於所描述的實施例,而是可以在所附申請專利範圍的精神和範圍內進行修改和替換來實現。因此,說明書和附圖應被認為是說明性而不是限制性的。 因此,本發明的範圍應參考所附申請專利範圍以及這些申請專利範圍所賦予的等同物的全部範圍來認定。It should be understood that the above description is intended to be illustrative rather than limiting. From reading and understanding the above description, many other embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Although the present invention has been described with reference to specific exemplary embodiments, it should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the described embodiments, but can be implemented with modifications and substitutions within the spirit and scope of the appended claims. Therefore, the description and drawings should be regarded as illustrative rather than restrictive. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should be determined with reference to the scope of the attached patent applications and the full scope of equivalents conferred by the scope of these patent applications.

本文揭露詳細的說明性實施方案。然而,出於描述實施例的目的,本文所揭露的特定功能細節僅是代表性的。 然而,實施例可以以許多替代形式來體現,並且不應被解釋為僅限於在此闡述的實施例。This article discloses detailed illustrative implementations. However, for the purpose of describing the embodiments, the specific functional details disclosed herein are only representative. However, the embodiments may be embodied in many alternative forms, and should not be construed as being limited to the embodiments set forth herein.

應該理解的是儘管本文可以使用用語第一、第二等來描述各種步驟或計算,但是這些步驟或計算不應受到這些用語的限制。這些用語僅用於區分一個步驟或計算與另一個步驟。例如,在不脫離本揭露的範圍的情況下,第一計算可以被稱為第二計算,並且類似地,第二步驟可以被稱為第一步驟。如本文所使用的,用語“及/或”和“ I”符號包括一個或多個相關聯的所列項目的任何和所有組合。如本文所使用的,單數形式“一”、“一個”和“該”也旨在包括複數形式,除非上下文另外明確指出。將進一步理解的是,當在本文中使用時,用語“包括(comprises)”、“包括(comprising)”、“包含(includes)”及/或“包含(including)”指定存在所述特徵、整數、步驟、操作、元素和/或,但不排除存在或增加一個或多個其他特徵、整數、步驟、操作、元素、組件和/或其群組。因此,本文所使用的用語僅出於描述特定實施例的目的,並不旨在進行限制。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, etc. may be used herein to describe various steps or calculations, these steps or calculations should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one step or calculation from another. For example, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure, the first calculation may be referred to as the second calculation, and similarly, the second step may be referred to as the first step. As used herein, the terms "and/or" and the "I" symbol include any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. As used herein, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" are also intended to include the plural forms, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It will be further understood that when used herein, the terms "comprises", "comprising", "includes" and/or "including" designate the presence of said features, integers , Steps, operations, elements and/or, but does not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components and/or groups thereof. Therefore, the terms used herein are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to be limiting.

進一步應當注意的是在一些替代實施方式中,提到的功能/動作可以不按照圖中指出的順序發生。例如,取決於所涉及的功能/動作,連續示出的兩個圖實際上可以基本上同時執行,或者有時可以以相反的順序執行。考慮到以上實施例,應該理解實施例可以採用涉及儲存在電腦系統中的數據的各種計算機實現的操作。這些操作是需要對物理量進行物理操作的操作。通常來說,儘管不是必須的,這些量採取能夠被儲存、傳輸、組合、比較和以其他方式操縱的電或磁信號的形式。此外,所執行的操作通常用術語來指代,例如產生、識別、確定或比較。形成實施例的一部分的本文所述的任何操作方法都是有用的機器操作方法。實施例還涉及用於執行這些操作的設備或裝置。該設備可以被特殊地構造用於所需目的,或者該設備可以是由儲存在電腦的電腦程序選擇性地激活或配置的通用計算機。特別地,各種通用機器可以與根據本文的教導編寫的計算機程序一起使用,或者構造更專用的裝置以執行所需操作可以更方便。It should be further noted that in some alternative implementations, the mentioned functions/acts may occur out of the order indicated in the figures. For example, depending on the functions/actions involved, two figures shown in succession may actually be executed substantially simultaneously, or may sometimes be executed in reverse order. In consideration of the above embodiments, it should be understood that the embodiments can employ various computer-implemented operations involving data stored in a computer system. These operations are operations that require physical operations on physical quantities. Generally, although not required, these quantities take the form of electrical or magnetic signals that can be stored, transferred, combined, compared, and otherwise manipulated. In addition, the operations performed are often referred to in terms, such as generating, identifying, determining, or comparing. Any method of operation described herein that forms part of the embodiment is a useful method of machine operation. The embodiments also relate to equipment or devices for performing these operations. The device may be specially constructed for the required purpose, or the device may be a general-purpose computer selectively activated or configured by a computer program stored in the computer. In particular, various general-purpose machines can be used with computer programs written according to the teachings herein, or it can be more convenient to construct more specialized devices to perform required operations.

模組、應用、層、代理或其他方法可操作的實體可以被實現為硬體、韌體或執行軟體的處理器或其組合。應當理解的是在本文公開基於軟體的實施例的情況下,該軟體可以體現在諸如控制器的實體機器中。 例如,控制器可以包括第一模組和第二模組。控制器可以被配置成執行例如方法、應用、層或代理的各種動作。The entity operable by modules, applications, layers, agents, or other methods can be implemented as hardware, firmware, or a processor that executes software, or a combination thereof. It should be understood that in the case of software-based embodiments disclosed herein, the software may be embodied in a physical machine such as a controller. For example, the controller may include a first module and a second module. The controller may be configured to perform various actions such as methods, applications, layers or agents.

實施例還可以被實現為非暫態電腦可讀取媒介上的電腦可讀代碼。所述電腦可讀取媒介是可以儲存數據的任何數據儲存設備,所述數據隨後可以被電腦系統讀取。電腦可讀取媒介的示例包括硬碟驅動器,網絡附加儲存(NAS)、唯讀記憶體、隨機存取記憶體、CD-ROM、CD-R,CD-RW、磁帶、快閃記憶體設備和其他光學和非光學數據儲存設備。所述電腦可讀取媒介還可以分佈在網絡的電腦系統上,從而以分佈式方式儲存和執行電腦可讀代碼。可以利用包括手持式設備、平板電腦、微型處理器系統、基於微型處理器或可編程消費電子產品、小型計算機、主框架計算機等的各種電腦系統配置來實現本文描述的實施例。實施例還可以在分佈式計算環境中實現,在分佈式計算環境中,任務由通過基於有線或無線網絡連結的遠程處理設備執行。The embodiments can also be implemented as computer readable codes on a non-transitory computer readable medium. The computer-readable medium is any data storage device that can store data, which can then be read by a computer system. Examples of computer-readable media include hard disk drives, network attached storage (NAS), read-only memory, random access memory, CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, magnetic tape, flash memory devices, and Other optical and non-optical data storage devices. The computer-readable medium may also be distributed on computer systems on a network, so as to store and execute computer-readable codes in a distributed manner. Various computer system configurations including handheld devices, tablet computers, microprocessor systems, microprocessor-based or programmable consumer electronic products, minicomputers, main frame computers, etc. can be used to implement the embodiments described herein. The embodiments can also be implemented in a distributed computing environment. In the distributed computing environment, tasks are performed by remote processing devices connected through a wired or wireless network.

儘管以特定順序描述此方法,但是應當理解的是可以在所描述的方法之間執行其他方法,可以調整所描述的方法,使得它們在稍微不同的時間發生。 或者可以在允許與處理相關聯的各個間隔處發生處理操作的系統中分佈所描述的操作值。Although this method is described in a specific order, it should be understood that other methods can be performed between the described methods, and the described methods can be adjusted so that they occur at slightly different times. Or the described operation values may be distributed in a system that allows processing operations to occur at various intervals associated with processing.

在各實施例中,本文所描述的方法和機制的一或多個部分可以形成雲端運算環境的一部分。在這樣的實施例中,可以根據一或多種模型在互聯網上提供資源作為服務。這樣的模型可以包括基礎設施作為服務(IaaS)、平台作為服務(PaaS)和軟體作為服務(SaaS)。 在IaaS中,計算機基礎結構是作為服務交付的。 在這種情況下,計算設備通常由服務供應商擁有和操作。在PaaS模型中,開發人員用來開發軟體解決方案的軟體工具和基礎設備可以作為服務提供,並由服務供應商託管。SaaS通常包括服務供應商許可軟件作為按需服務。 服務供應商可以託管軟體,也可以在給定的時間段內將軟體部署給客戶。 上述模型的多種組合是可能的並且是可預期的。In various embodiments, one or more parts of the methods and mechanisms described herein may form part of a cloud computing environment. In such an embodiment, resources can be provided as services on the Internet according to one or more models. Such models can include infrastructure as a service (IaaS), platform as a service (PaaS), and software as a service (SaaS). In IaaS, the computer infrastructure is delivered as a service. In this case, the computing device is usually owned and operated by the service provider. In the PaaS model, the software tools and basic equipment used by developers to develop software solutions can be provided as services and hosted by service providers. SaaS usually includes software licensed by the service provider as an on-demand service. Service providers can host the software or deploy the software to customers within a given period of time. Various combinations of the above models are possible and predictable.

各種單元、電路或其他組件可以被描述或請求為“被配置為”執行一個或多個任務。在這樣的上下文中,所述用語“配置為”用於通過指示單元/電路/組件包括在操作期間執行一個或多個任務的結構(例如電路)來表示結構。這樣,即使指定的單元/電路/組件當前不工作(例如未接通),也可以說該單元/電路/組件被配置為執行任務。所述“配置為”語言所使用的單元/電路/組件包括硬件;例如電路、儲存可執行以實現可運行的程序指令的記憶體等。明確地將一個單元/電路/組件“配置為”執行一個或多個任務顯然不是要針對該單元/電路/組件引發美國專利法(35U.S.C 112,第六段)。另外,“配置為”可以包括由軟體及/或韌體(例如執行軟件的FPGA或通用處理器)操縱的通用結構(例如,通用電路)以能夠執行以下操作的方式進行操作。 “配置為”還可包括使製造過程(例如半導體製造設施)適應於製造適於實現或執行一個或多個任務的裝置(例如整合電路)。Various units, circuits, or other components may be described or requested as "configured to" perform one or more tasks. In such a context, the term “configured to” is used to indicate a structure by indicating that the unit/circuit/component includes a structure (for example, a circuit) that performs one or more tasks during operation. In this way, even if the specified unit/circuit/component is not currently working (for example, not turned on), it can be said that the unit/circuit/component is configured to perform the task. The units/circuits/components used in the “configured as” language include hardware; for example, circuits, memory storing executable program instructions to realize runnability, and the like. Explicitly "configuring" a unit/circuit/component to perform one or more tasks is obviously not to trigger the U.S. Patent Law (35U.S.C 112, sixth paragraph) for that unit/circuit/component. In addition, “configured to” may include a general structure (for example, general circuit) manipulated by software and/or firmware (for example, an FPGA or a general-purpose processor that executes the software) to operate in a manner capable of performing the following operations. "Configuring to" may also include adapting a manufacturing process (such as a semiconductor manufacturing facility) to manufacture a device (such as an integrated circuit) suitable for accomplishing or performing one or more tasks.

出於解釋的目的,在此參考特定實施例描述了前述描述。 然而,以上說明性討論並非旨在窮舉或者將本發明限制為所揭露的精確形式。 鑑於以上教導,可以進行許多修改和變化。 選擇和描述實施例是為了最佳地解釋實施例的原理及其實際應用,從而使本領域的其他技術人員能夠最好地利用實施例和各種修改,以適合於預期的特定用途。 因此,本實施例應被認為是說明性的而不是限制性的,並且本發明不限於在此所示出的細節,而是可以在所附申請專利範圍和其等同範圍內進行修改。For the purpose of explanation, the foregoing description has been described herein with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussion above is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed. In view of the above teachings, many modifications and changes can be made. The embodiments are selected and described in order to best explain the principles of the embodiments and their practical applications, so that those skilled in the art can best utilize the embodiments and various modifications to suit the specific intended use. Therefore, the present embodiment should be considered as illustrative rather than restrictive, and the present invention is not limited to the details shown here, but can be modified within the scope of the attached patent application and its equivalents.

100:注視點電磁輻射調變系統 103:注視點圖像幀 105:輸入數據源 107:追蹤邏輯 110:處理器電路 111:區塊定義模組 112:注視點渲染模組 114:注視點圖像 115:圖像協定編碼 120:驅動控制器電路 122:記憶體 123:圖像協定解碼 124:轉換單元(圖像轉位元平面) 125:平面協定編碼 126:轉換單元(位元平面轉調變平面) 127:調變平面 130:調變裝置電路 132:記憶體 133:平面協定解碼 140:顯示電路 142:控制單元 144:像素陣列電路 146:顯示器 150:光柵邏輯 152:線組收集電路 154:直接寫入邏輯 156:行緩衝 158:行對列 162:灰階裝置電路 163:圖像協定解碼 164:記憶體 165:顯示器 170:顯示電路 172:控制單元 174:像素陣列電路 180:光柵邏輯 182:線組收集電路 184:直接寫入邏輯 186:行緩衝 188:行對列 490:示意圖 494:線組片段 600:運算裝置 602:中央處理單元 604:記憶體 606:匯流排 607:視頻驅動器 608:大容量儲存裝置 610:輸入/輸出裝置 612:顯示器 Z0~Zn:區塊100: Gaze point electromagnetic radiation modulation system 103: Gaze point image frame 105: input data source 107: Tracking Logic 110: processor circuit 111: block definition module 112: Gaze point rendering module 114: Gaze point image 115: image protocol encoding 120: drive controller circuit 122: memory 123: Image protocol decoding 124: Conversion unit (image transposition plane) 125: plane agreement coding 126: Conversion unit (bit plane to modulation plane) 127: Modulation Plane 130: Modulation device circuit 132: Memory 133: flat protocol decoding 140: display circuit 142: Control Unit 144: pixel array circuit 146: Display 150: Raster logic 152: Wire group collection circuit 154: write logic directly 156: line buffer 158: Row to Column 162: Grayscale device circuit 163: Image protocol decoding 164: Memory 165: display 170: display circuit 172: Control Unit 174: pixel array circuit 180: Raster logic 182: Wire group collection circuit 184: Write logic directly 186: line buffer 188: Row to Column 490: Schematic 494: line group fragment 600: computing device 602: Central Processing Unit 604: Memory 606: Bus 607: Video Drive 608: Mass storage device 610: input/output device 612: display Z0~Zn: block

通過參考以下結合附圖的描述,可以充分地理解所描述的實施例及其優點。這些附圖並不限制在不脫離所描述的實施例的精神和範圍情況下,所屬領域技術人員對所描述的實施例進行的形式和細節上的任何改變。By referring to the following description in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, the described embodiments and their advantages can be fully understood. These drawings do not limit any changes in the form and details of the described embodiments by those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit and scope of the described embodiments.

圖1A係依據一些實施例所繪示的注視點電磁輻射調變系統的系統示意圖,此系統具有處理器電路、顯示驅動電路及注視點調變平面裝置電路。1A is a system schematic diagram of a gaze point electromagnetic radiation modulation system according to some embodiments. The system has a processor circuit, a display driving circuit, and a gaze point modulation planar device circuit.

圖1B係依據一些實施例所繪示的注視點電磁輻射調變系統的系統示意圖,此系統具有處理器電路及注視點灰階裝置電路。FIG. 1B is a system schematic diagram of a fixation point electromagnetic radiation modulation system according to some embodiments. The system has a processor circuit and a fixation point grayscale device circuit.

圖2A係依據一些實施例所繪示的由圖1A的處理器電路110生成注視點圖像幀的方法流程圖。FIG. 2A is a flowchart of a method for generating a fixation point image frame by the processor circuit 110 of FIG. 1A according to some embodiments.

圖2B係依據一些實施例所繪示的由圖1A的驅動控制器電路120生成注視點調變平面的方法流程圖。FIG. 2B is a flowchart of a method for generating a gaze point modulation plane by the drive controller circuit 120 of FIG. 1A according to some embodiments.

圖2C係依據一些實施例所繪示的由圖1A的注視點調變顯示裝置130將注視點調變平面數據寫入顯示像素陣列的方法或程序的流程示意圖。2C is a schematic flowchart of a method or procedure for writing the gaze point modulated plane data into the display pixel array by the gaze point modulated display device 130 of FIG. 1A according to some embodiments.

圖2D係依據一些實施例所繪示的將注視點圖像幀數據寫入圖1B的注視點灰階顯示裝置162的顯示像素陣列的方法或程序的流程示意圖。2D is a schematic flowchart of a method or procedure for writing gaze point image frame data into the display pixel array of the gaze point grayscale display device 162 of FIG. 1B according to some embodiments.

圖3A係依據一些實施例所繪示的在中心細部模式操作中,將注視點數據的一調變平面寫入圖1A的注視點調變顯示裝置130的像素陣列的方法或程序的流程示意圖,其中存在有四個區塊。FIG. 3A is a schematic flowchart of a method or procedure for writing a modulation plane of gaze point data into the pixel array of the gaze point modulation display device 130 of FIG. 1A in the center detail mode operation according to some embodiments. There are four blocks in it.

圖3B係依據一些實施例所繪示的在周邊細部模式操作中,將注視點數據的一調變平面寫入圖1A的注視點調變顯示裝置130的像素陣列的方法或程序的流程示意圖,其中存在有四個區塊。FIG. 3B is a schematic flowchart of a method or procedure for writing a modulation plane of gaze point data into the pixel array of the gaze point modulation display device 130 of FIG. 1A in the peripheral detail mode operation according to some embodiments. There are four blocks in it.

圖4A係依據一些實施例所繪示的圖3A方法中注視點數據之擴展的多級方塊圖,示出注視點數據塊與行緩衝器的內容。FIG. 4A is a multi-level block diagram of the expansion of the fixation point data in the method of FIG. 3A according to some embodiments, showing the contents of the fixation point data block and the line buffer.

圖4B係依據一些實施例所繪示的圖4A的注視點數據之擴展的持續的多級方塊圖。FIG. 4B is a continuous multi-level block diagram of the expansion of the gaze point data of FIG. 4A according to some embodiments.

圖4C係繪示圖4A的巨像素數據的擴展之持續的多步驟示意圖。FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram showing the continuous multi-steps of the expansion of the macro pixel data of FIG. 4A.

圖5係依據本發明之一實施例所繪示的區塊順序幀或平面的時序圖,示出區塊緩衝寫入及讀取順序。FIG. 5 is a timing diagram of a block sequential frame or plane according to an embodiment of the present invention, showing the block buffer writing and reading sequence.

圖6係繪示可實現在此所述實施例的一種示例性運算裝置的。FIG. 6 shows an exemplary computing device that can implement the embodiments described herein.

圖7係依據一些實施例所繪示的傳輸照明(transport illumination)的時序圖,示出關於緩衝類型的色彩順序圖像及平面。FIG. 7 is a timing diagram of transport illumination according to some embodiments, showing color sequence images and planes related to buffer types.

圖8A係依據一些實施例所繪示的主機記憶體中注視點圖像的數據格式。FIG. 8A shows the data format of the gaze point image in the host memory according to some embodiments.

圖8B係依據一些實施例所繪示的用於圖像幀或調變平面的數據格式,其中透過具有區塊填補(zone pad)的區塊順序發送所述數據。FIG. 8B shows a data format for image frames or modulation planes according to some embodiments, in which the data is sent sequentially through blocks with zone pads.

圖8C係依據一些實施例所繪示的用於圖像幀或調變平面的數據格式,其中透過具有行填補(row pad)的區塊順序發送所述數據。FIG. 8C shows a data format for an image frame or a modulation plane according to some embodiments, in which the data is sent sequentially through blocks with row pads.

圖8D係依據一些實施例所繪示的用於圖像幀或調變平面的數據格式,其中透過光柵順序及區塊設置順序以每個區塊及線組行時序填補來傳送數據。FIG. 8D shows a data format for image frames or modulation planes according to some embodiments, in which the data is transmitted by filling in the sequence of each block and line group row through the raster sequence and block arrangement sequence.

圖8E 係依據一些實施例所繪示的用於圖像幀或調變平面的數據格式,其中透過光柵順序及JIT順序以每個區塊及線組行時序填補來傳送數據。FIG. 8E shows a data format for image frames or modulation planes according to some embodiments, in which data is transmitted through raster sequence and JIT sequence with each block and line group row timing filling.

圖9A係依據一些實施例所繪示的列多驅動配置的實體佈局。FIG. 9A shows the physical layout of the column multi-drive configuration according to some embodiments.

圖9B係依據一些實施例所繪示圖9A的多驅動佈置所需之行寫入的次數,用於特定線組設置條件及同時分組。FIG. 9B illustrates the number of row writes required for the multi-drive arrangement of FIG. 9A according to some embodiments, which are used for setting conditions of a specific line group and grouping at the same time.

圖10繪示可從公共來源取得之關於注視點(fovea)的人眼球之各區塊的直徑、視場及視錐密度(cone density)。Figure 10 shows the diameter, field of view, and cone density of each area of the human eyeball about the fovea that can be obtained from public sources.

100:注視點電磁輻射調變系統 100: Gaze point electromagnetic radiation modulation system

103:注視點圖像幀 103: Gaze point image frame

105:輸入數據源 105: input data source

107:追蹤邏輯 107: Tracking Logic

110:處理器電路 110: processor circuit

111:區塊定義模組 111: block definition module

112:注視點渲染模組 112: Gaze point rendering module

114:注視點圖像 114: Gaze point image

115:圖像協定編碼 115: image protocol encoding

120:驅動控制器電路 120: drive controller circuit

122:記憶體 122: memory

123:圖像協定解碼 123: Image protocol decoding

124:轉換單元(圖像轉位元平面) 124: Conversion unit (image transposition plane)

125:平面協定編碼 125: plane agreement coding

126:轉換單元(位元平面轉調變平面) 126: Conversion unit (bit plane to modulation plane)

127:調變平面 127: Modulation Plane

130:調變裝置電路 130: Modulation device circuit

132:記憶體 132: Memory

133:平面協定解碼 133: flat protocol decoding

140:顯示電路 140: display circuit

142:控制單元 142: Control Unit

144:像素陣列電路 144: pixel array circuit

146:顯示器 146: Display

150:光柵邏輯 150: Raster logic

152:線組收集電路 152: Wire group collection circuit

154:直接寫入邏輯 154: write logic directly

156:行緩衝 156: line buffer

158:行對列 158: Row to Column

Z0~Zn:區塊 Z0~Zn: block

Claims (20)

一種注視點光調變系統,包括:一處理器,耦接以接收一輸入圖像數據及一注視點區定義數據,以產生一注視點圖像幀,該注視點圖像幀具有一標頭封包數據,該標頭封包數據標示具有一第一解析度的一第一區塊及具有一第二解析度的一第二區塊,其中該第二解析度小於該第一解析度,且其中該第一區塊與該第二區塊中至少一者基於一巨像素比率(macropixel ratio)而被壓縮;一驅動控制器電路,耦接以從該處理器接收該注視點圖像幀,且基於至少部分地注視點位元平面數據而產生多個調變平面;以及一調變裝置,具有包括至少一巨像素的多個像素,該調變裝置耦接該驅動控制器電路,該驅動控制器電路接收該些調變平面,且其中每一該調變平面基於該標頭封包數據而被擴展。A gaze point light modulation system, comprising: a processor coupled to receive an input image data and a gaze point area definition data to generate a gaze point image frame, the gaze point image frame having a header Packet data, the header packet data indicates a first block with a first resolution and a second block with a second resolution, wherein the second resolution is smaller than the first resolution, and wherein At least one of the first block and the second block is compressed based on a macropixel ratio; a drive controller circuit coupled to receive the gaze point image frame from the processor, and A plurality of modulation planes are generated based on at least partly looking at the bit plane data; and a modulation device having a plurality of pixels including at least one giant pixel, the modulation device is coupled to the drive controller circuit, and the drive control The device circuit receives the modulation planes, and each of the modulation planes is expanded based on the header packet data. 如請求項1所述的注視點光調變系統,其中對於具有該第二解析度的該第二區塊,一調變平面中的一單一位元代表該調變裝置的一巨像素,且該單一位元被複製到由該巨像素比率所定義的多個顯示像素的子集。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 1, wherein for the second block with the second resolution, a single bit in a modulation plane represents a giant pixel of the modulation device, and The single bit is copied to a subset of display pixels defined by the macro pixel ratio. 如請求項1所述的注視點光調變系統,其中該調變裝置係為一顯示器。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 1, wherein the modulation device is a display. 如請求項1所述的注視點光調變系統,其中該調變裝置係為一矽基液晶(Liquid Crystal on Silicon,LCOS)顯示器。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 1, wherein the modulation device is a Liquid Crystal on Silicon (LCOS) display. 如請求項1所述的注視點光調變系統,其中所述調變裝置包括耦合的一解碼邏輯模組接收該調變平面。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 1, wherein the modulation device includes a decoding logic module coupled to receive the modulation plane. 如請求項5所述的注視點光調變系統,其中該調變裝置更包括一光柵邏輯(raster logic),且其中該解碼邏輯模組解析該標頭封包數據及該光柵邏輯。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 5, wherein the modulation device further includes a raster logic, and wherein the decoding logic module parses the header packet data and the raster logic. 如請求項6所述的注視點光調變系統,其中該解碼邏輯模組基於該標頭封包數據與該些調變平面中的該些巨像素比率產生一數據集。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 6, wherein the decoding logic module generates a data set based on the ratio of the header packet data and the macro pixels in the modulation planes. 如請求項1所述的注視點光調變系統,更包括:一追蹤邏輯模組,耦接該處理器,其中該追蹤邏輯模組感測一使用者的視網膜凝視數據及頭部位置數據,並且產生注視點區塊數據對應於感測的該視網膜凝視數據及該頭部位置數據。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 1, further comprising: a tracking logic module coupled to the processor, wherein the tracking logic module senses retinal gaze data and head position data of a user, And generating gaze point block data corresponds to the sensed retinal gaze data and the head position data. 如請求項8所述的注視點光調變系統,其中該處理器更包括:一注視點渲染模組,耦接該追蹤邏輯模組且接收感測的該視網膜凝視數據及該頭部位置數據,並且使用一注視點渲染演算法判斷每一區塊的大小與位置。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 8, wherein the processor further includes: a gaze point rendering module coupled to the tracking logic module and receiving the sensed retinal gaze data and the head position data , And use a fixation point rendering algorithm to determine the size and position of each block. 如請求項9所述的注視點光調變系統,其中該注視點渲染模組基於一總視場數據、一光學系統失真數據、一注視點視敏度數據、一追蹤邏輯數據容許值、一追蹤邏輯數據延遲及一移動數據率中至少一者,使用該視點渲染演算法判斷每一區塊的大小與位置。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 9, wherein the gaze point rendering module is based on a total field of view data, an optical system distortion data, a gaze point visual acuity data, a tracking logic data allowable value, a Track at least one of logical data delay and a moving data rate, and use the viewpoint rendering algorithm to determine the size and position of each block. 如請求項1所述的注視點光調變系統,其中該標頭封包數據包括:一解析度順序觸發位元,啟用一中心細部模式與一周邊細部模式,其中當該中心細部模式處於激活狀態時,該注視點圖像幀包括多個同心區塊包含該第一與第二區塊,且該第一與第二區塊具有最高解析度的區塊位在一使用者注視點的中心,從而相鄰於該第一與第二區塊中至少一者的一區塊的解析度低於該其他相鄰區塊的全解析度一預定值,且該些同心區塊之一的解析度從該使用者注視點開始降序減小;以及其中當該周邊細部模式處於激活狀態時,該注視點圖像幀包括多個同心區塊具有最高解析度的區塊位在該些同心區塊的周邊,從而該第二區塊的解析度低於該第一區塊一預定值,且每一同心內部區塊的解析度降序減小;一傳輸模式切換位元,啟用一光柵順序模式與一區塊順序模式,其中當該光柵順序模式處於激活狀態時,數據傳輸包含多個線組,該些線組代表來自該些同心區塊的數據行,對應於一原始影像的顯示順序,且其中當該區塊順序模式處於激活狀態時,數據傳輸包含在一相鄰區塊的資料傳輸之前,該些同心區塊的每一個的完整傳輸;一區塊數量段,定義該些同心區塊的數量;一區塊尺寸段,定義該些同心區塊的每一個的水平與垂直尺寸;一區塊偏移段,定義關於該些同心區塊的每一個的水平與垂直偏移;以及多個顯示參數。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 1, wherein the header packet data includes: a resolution sequence trigger bit, enabling a center detail mode and a peripheral detail mode, wherein when the center detail mode is activated When the gaze point image frame includes a plurality of concentric blocks including the first and second blocks, and the block with the highest resolution of the first and second blocks is located at the center of a user’s gaze point, Therefore, the resolution of a block adjacent to at least one of the first and second blocks is lower than the full resolution of the other adjacent blocks by a predetermined value, and the resolution of one of the concentric blocks Starting from the user’s gaze point, it decreases in descending order; and when the peripheral detail mode is activated, the gaze point image frame includes a plurality of concentric blocks with the highest resolution located in the center of the concentric blocks. Surrounding areas, so that the resolution of the second block is lower than the first block by a predetermined value, and the resolution of each concentric inner block decreases in descending order; a transmission mode switching bit enables a raster sequence mode and a Block sequential mode, where when the raster sequential mode is active, data transmission includes multiple line groups, these line groups represent data lines from the concentric blocks, corresponding to the display sequence of an original image, and When the block sequence mode is active, the data transmission includes the complete transmission of each of the concentric blocks before the data transmission of an adjacent block; a block number segment defines the number of concentric blocks Quantity; a block size segment, which defines the horizontal and vertical size of each of the concentric blocks; a block offset segment, which defines the horizontal and vertical offsets of each of the concentric blocks; and multiple Display parameters. 如請求項11所述的注視點光調變系統,其中該些顯示參數包括:一字元長度段,定義對應於與該驅動控制器電路相關的時序週期所傳送的多個像素位元;一x偏移尺寸段,在每個水平偏移最低有效位(Least Significant Bit,LSB)定義多個像素位元;一線組尺寸段,定義要同時寫入的最大行數;一行時間段,定義寫入一行所需的多個時序段;以及一雙列驅動模式指示器,能夠同時寫入兩行。The gaze point light modulation system according to claim 11, wherein the display parameters include: a character length segment, which defines a plurality of pixel bits transmitted in a timing cycle related to the drive controller circuit; x offset size segment, in each horizontal offset least significant bit (Least Significant Bit, LSB) to define multiple pixel bits; a line group size segment, define the maximum number of lines to be written at the same time; one line time period, define the write Multiple timing segments required to enter a row; and a dual-column drive mode indicator that can write two rows at the same time. 一種在顯示螢幕中產生一注視點圖像的方法,包括:接收一輸入圖像數據及多個協定參數,其中該輸入圖像數據關聯於該注視點圖像及多個注視點區參數;基於該輸入圖像數據及該些注視點區參數產生渲染的注視點圖像數據;基於該渲染的注視點圖像數據及該些協定參數,產生一注視點圖像幀,其中該注視點圖像幀包括標頭封包數據;以及將該注視點圖像幀傳送到一灰階裝置與一調變裝置中的至少一者。A method for generating a gaze point image on a display screen includes: receiving an input image data and a plurality of protocol parameters, wherein the input image data is associated with the gaze point image and a plurality of gaze point area parameters; based on The input image data and the gaze point area parameters generate rendered gaze point image data; based on the rendered gaze point image data and the protocol parameters, a gaze point image frame is generated, wherein the gaze point image The frame includes header packet data; and the gaze point image frame is transmitted to at least one of a grayscale device and a modulation device. 如請求項13所述的方法,其中該注視點圖像幀標示兩個或兩個以上的不同解析度的同心區塊,從而每個同心區塊由多個巨像素與對應的一巨像素比率所定義。The method according to claim 13, wherein the gaze point image frame indicates two or more concentric blocks with different resolutions, so that each concentric block is composed of a plurality of macro pixels and a corresponding macro pixel ratio Defined. 如請求項13所述的方法,其中該灰階裝置與該調變裝置中的至少一者包括一解碼邏輯與一光柵邏輯。The method according to claim 13, wherein at least one of the grayscale device and the modulation device includes a decoding logic and a raster logic. 如請求項15所述的方法,其中該灰階裝置與該調變裝置中的至少一者包括多個像素,且該方法更包括:基於該標頭封包數據及對應的每一該巨像素比率,使用該光柵邏輯在該灰階裝置與該調變裝置中的至少一者的至少一些像素上產生該注視點圖像。The method according to claim 15, wherein at least one of the grayscale device and the modulation device includes a plurality of pixels, and the method further includes: based on the header packet data and the corresponding ratio of each of the macro pixels Using the raster logic to generate the gaze point image on at least some pixels of at least one of the grayscale device and the modulation device. 如請求項16所述的方法,其中對於具有減少的解析度之注視點區,基於與每個區塊相關聯之對應的該巨像素比率,將多個相關的巨像素的一單一位元複製到多個顯示像素陣列的子集。The method according to claim 16, wherein for the gaze area with reduced resolution, a single bit of a plurality of related macro pixels is copied based on the corresponding macro pixel ratio associated with each block To a subset of multiple display pixel arrays. 如請求項13所述的方法,其中接收該輸入圖像數據包括:基於視網膜、使用者的凝視方向數據與位置數據與至少一凝視方向中至少一者實時地接收追蹤資料。The method according to claim 13, wherein receiving the input image data includes receiving tracking data in real time based on at least one of the retina, the user's gaze direction data and position data, and at least one gaze direction. 如請求項18所述的方法,其中該注視點圖像數據係基於該輸入圖像數據、該些注視點區參數及該追蹤數據。The method according to claim 18, wherein the gaze point image data is based on the input image data, the gaze point area parameters, and the tracking data. 如請求項13所述的方法,其中產生一渲染的注視點圖像包括:使用注視點渲染的3D轉2D之渲染技術或其他業界習知的注視點渲染技術產生多個圖像巨像素,以使用該輸入圖像數據、觀察者凝視方向數據、制高點數據及多個注視點區參數來表示注視點圖像空間中的投影文本或圖形。The method according to claim 13, wherein generating a rendered gaze point image includes: using gaze point rendering 3D to 2D rendering technology or other gaze point rendering technology known in the industry to generate a plurality of image giant pixels, The input image data, the observer's gaze direction data, the vantage point data, and a plurality of fixation point area parameters are used to represent the projected text or graphics in the fixation point image space.
TW108128548A 2018-08-10 2019-08-12 Apparatus, systems, and methods for foveated display TWI813736B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862717698P 2018-08-10 2018-08-10
US62/717,698 2018-08-10

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202023272A true TW202023272A (en) 2020-06-16
TWI813736B TWI813736B (en) 2023-09-01

Family

ID=67766359

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108128548A TWI813736B (en) 2018-08-10 2019-08-12 Apparatus, systems, and methods for foveated display

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI813736B (en)
WO (1) WO2020033875A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI761960B (en) * 2020-08-04 2022-04-21 宏達國際電子股份有限公司 Method for switching input devices, head-mounted display and computer readable storage medium
TWI783633B (en) * 2020-08-17 2022-11-11 聯發科技股份有限公司 Electronic image stabilization method, apparatus and non-volatile memory thereof
TWI836680B (en) * 2022-10-26 2024-03-21 幻景啟動股份有限公司 System for interactive simulation with three-dimensional images and method for operating the same

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110679147B (en) 2017-03-22 2022-03-08 奇跃公司 Depth-based foveated rendering for display systems
WO2019178566A1 (en) 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 Magic Leap, Inc. Depth based foveated rendering for display systems
US11863786B2 (en) * 2021-05-21 2024-01-02 Varjo Technologies Oy Method of transporting a framebuffer
CN114565664B (en) * 2021-12-27 2023-08-11 北京控制工程研究所 Centering method and system based on modulation
CN115236871A (en) * 2022-05-17 2022-10-25 北京邮电大学 Desktop type light field display system and method based on human eye tracking and bidirectional backlight
CN117092415B (en) * 2023-10-18 2024-01-19 深圳市城市公共安全技术研究院有限公司 Regional electromagnetic environment monitoring method, device, equipment and medium

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050018911A1 (en) * 2003-07-24 2005-01-27 Eastman Kodak Company Foveated video coding system and method
US11551602B2 (en) * 2016-09-01 2023-01-10 Innovega Inc. Non-uniform resolution, large field-of-view headworn display
US20180137602A1 (en) * 2016-11-14 2018-05-17 Google Inc. Low resolution rgb rendering for efficient transmission

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI761960B (en) * 2020-08-04 2022-04-21 宏達國際電子股份有限公司 Method for switching input devices, head-mounted display and computer readable storage medium
TWI783633B (en) * 2020-08-17 2022-11-11 聯發科技股份有限公司 Electronic image stabilization method, apparatus and non-volatile memory thereof
TWI836680B (en) * 2022-10-26 2024-03-21 幻景啟動股份有限公司 System for interactive simulation with three-dimensional images and method for operating the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020033875A1 (en) 2020-02-13
TWI813736B (en) 2023-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI813736B (en) Apparatus, systems, and methods for foveated display
US11961431B2 (en) Display processing circuitry
EP3538986B1 (en) Dual-path foveated graphics pipeline
US10262387B2 (en) Early sub-pixel rendering
US20180137602A1 (en) Low resolution rgb rendering for efficient transmission
WO2017142613A1 (en) Foveally-rendered display
US10713997B2 (en) Controlling image display via mapping of pixel values to pixels
KR20210087052A (en) Display engine for post-rendering process
CN104243964A (en) Stereoscopic LED display control system and method and display control card
EP3139278A1 (en) Apparatus and method of performing fourier transform
CN113330478B (en) Method in virtual, augmented or mixed reality system
US20230141114A1 (en) Display apparatus and control method thereof
US20220366820A1 (en) Viewport visual effect correction
US11282430B2 (en) Image display system
Landwehr A packetized display protocol architecture for infrared scene projection systems
KR20240069100A (en) Image processing device and method using video area splitting, and electronic system including the same
CN118098129A (en) LED display device and control method thereof
CN116055705A (en) 3D imaging system, method, wearable device and storage medium
JP2018091921A (en) Image processing system and method for controlling image processing system